aws-sdk 2.1422.0 → 2.1424.0

This diff represents the content of publicly available package versions that have been released to one of the supported registries. The information contained in this diff is provided for informational purposes only and reflects changes between package versions as they appear in their respective public registries.
Files changed (43) hide show
  1. package/CHANGELOG.md +15 -1
  2. package/README.md +1 -1
  3. package/apis/autoscaling-2011-01-01.examples.json +54 -16
  4. package/apis/autoscaling-2011-01-01.min.json +3 -0
  5. package/apis/autoscaling-2011-01-01.paginators.json +6 -0
  6. package/apis/ebs-2019-11-02.min.json +2 -1
  7. package/apis/ec2-2016-11-15.min.json +795 -780
  8. package/apis/ec2-2016-11-15.waiters2.json +25 -0
  9. package/apis/entityresolution-2018-05-10.examples.json +5 -0
  10. package/apis/entityresolution-2018-05-10.min.json +823 -0
  11. package/apis/entityresolution-2018-05-10.paginators.json +22 -0
  12. package/apis/glue-2017-03-31.min.json +390 -318
  13. package/apis/managedblockchain-query-2023-05-04.examples.json +5 -0
  14. package/apis/managedblockchain-query-2023-05-04.min.json +438 -0
  15. package/apis/managedblockchain-query-2023-05-04.paginators.json +22 -0
  16. package/apis/managedblockchain-query-2023-05-04.waiters2.json +5 -0
  17. package/apis/metadata.json +7 -0
  18. package/apis/sagemaker-2017-07-24.min.json +3 -0
  19. package/clients/all.d.ts +2 -0
  20. package/clients/all.js +3 -1
  21. package/clients/autoscaling.d.ts +7 -7
  22. package/clients/cloudcontrol.d.ts +1 -1
  23. package/clients/ebs.d.ts +17 -12
  24. package/clients/ec2.d.ts +29 -0
  25. package/clients/eks.d.ts +1 -1
  26. package/clients/entityresolution.d.ts +815 -0
  27. package/clients/entityresolution.js +18 -0
  28. package/clients/glue.d.ts +123 -1
  29. package/clients/healthlake.d.ts +70 -70
  30. package/clients/managedblockchainquery.d.ts +494 -0
  31. package/clients/managedblockchainquery.js +19 -0
  32. package/clients/mediaconvert.d.ts +421 -414
  33. package/clients/opensearchserverless.d.ts +1 -1
  34. package/clients/polly.d.ts +2 -2
  35. package/clients/route53.d.ts +13 -13
  36. package/clients/sagemaker.d.ts +1 -0
  37. package/dist/aws-sdk-core-react-native.js +2 -2
  38. package/dist/aws-sdk-react-native.js +92 -11
  39. package/dist/aws-sdk.js +839 -783
  40. package/dist/aws-sdk.min.js +98 -98
  41. package/lib/config_service_placeholders.d.ts +4 -0
  42. package/lib/core.js +1 -1
  43. package/package.json +1 -1
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
248
248
  */
249
249
  AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix?: AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix;
250
250
  /**
251
- * Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. The set of valid values for this setting is: 6000, 8000, 10000, 12000, 14000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 40000, 48000, 56000, 64000, 80000, 96000, 112000, 128000, 160000, 192000, 224000, 256000, 288000, 320000, 384000, 448000, 512000, 576000, 640000, 768000, 896000, 1024000. The value you set is also constrained by the values that you choose for Profile (codecProfile), Bitrate control mode (codingMode), and Sample rate (sampleRate). Default values depend on Bitrate control mode and Profile.
251
+ * Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. The set of valid values for this setting is: 6000, 8000, 10000, 12000, 14000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 40000, 48000, 56000, 64000, 80000, 96000, 112000, 128000, 160000, 192000, 224000, 256000, 288000, 320000, 384000, 448000, 512000, 576000, 640000, 768000, 896000, 1024000. The value you set is also constrained by the values that you choose for Profile, Bitrate control mode, and Sample rate. Default values depend on Bitrate control mode and Profile.
252
252
  */
253
253
  Bitrate?: __integerMin6000Max1024000;
254
254
  /**
@@ -307,15 +307,15 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
307
307
  */
308
308
  Dialnorm?: __integerMin1Max31;
309
309
  /**
310
- * Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the line operating mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores any value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile (DynamicRangeCompressionProfile). For information about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
310
+ * Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the line operating mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores any value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile. For information about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
311
311
  */
312
312
  DynamicRangeCompressionLine?: Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine;
313
313
  /**
314
- * When you want to add Dolby dynamic range compression (DRC) signaling to your output stream, we recommend that you use the mode-specific settings instead of Dynamic range compression profile (DynamicRangeCompressionProfile). The mode-specific settings are Dynamic range compression profile, line mode (dynamicRangeCompressionLine) and Dynamic range compression profile, RF mode (dynamicRangeCompressionRf). Note that when you specify values for all three settings, MediaConvert ignores the value of this setting in favor of the mode-specific settings. If you do use this setting instead of the mode-specific settings, choose None (NONE) to leave out DRC signaling. Keep the default Film standard (FILM_STANDARD) to set the profile to Dolby's film standard profile for all operating modes.
314
+ * When you want to add Dolby dynamic range compression (DRC) signaling to your output stream, we recommend that you use the mode-specific settings instead of Dynamic range compression profile. The mode-specific settings are Dynamic range compression profile, line mode and Dynamic range compression profile, RF mode. Note that when you specify values for all three settings, MediaConvert ignores the value of this setting in favor of the mode-specific settings. If you do use this setting instead of the mode-specific settings, choose None to leave out DRC signaling. Keep the default Film standard to set the profile to Dolby's film standard profile for all operating modes.
315
315
  */
316
316
  DynamicRangeCompressionProfile?: Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile;
317
317
  /**
318
- * Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the RF operating mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores any value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile (DynamicRangeCompressionProfile). For information about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
318
+ * Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the RF operating mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores any value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile. For information about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
319
319
  */
320
320
  DynamicRangeCompressionRf?: Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf;
321
321
  /**
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
355
355
  export type AfdSignaling = "NONE"|"AUTO"|"FIXED"|string;
356
356
  export interface AiffSettings {
357
357
  /**
358
- * Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding quality for this audio track.
358
+ * Specify Bit depth, in bits per sample, to choose the encoding quality for this audio track.
359
359
  */
360
360
  BitDepth?: __integerMin16Max24;
361
361
  /**
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
385
385
  export type AncillaryConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT"|"DISABLED"|string;
386
386
  export interface AncillarySourceSettings {
387
387
  /**
388
- * Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into 708.
388
+ * Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert, MediaConvert includes the captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into 708.
389
389
  */
390
390
  Convert608To708?: AncillaryConvert608To708;
391
391
  /**
@@ -417,31 +417,31 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
417
417
  export type AudioCodec = "AAC"|"MP2"|"MP3"|"WAV"|"AIFF"|"AC3"|"EAC3"|"EAC3_ATMOS"|"VORBIS"|"OPUS"|"PASSTHROUGH"|string;
418
418
  export interface AudioCodecSettings {
419
419
  /**
420
- * Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AAC. The service accepts one of two mutually exclusive groups of AAC settings--VBR and CBR. To select one of these modes, set the value of Bitrate control mode (rateControlMode) to "VBR" or "CBR". In VBR mode, you control the audio quality with the setting VBR quality (vbrQuality). In CBR mode, you use the setting Bitrate (bitrate). Defaults and valid values depend on the rate control mode.
420
+ * Required when you set Codec to the value AAC. The service accepts one of two mutually exclusive groups of AAC settings--VBR and CBR. To select one of these modes, set the value of Bitrate control mode to "VBR" or "CBR". In VBR mode, you control the audio quality with the setting VBR quality. In CBR mode, you use the setting Bitrate. Defaults and valid values depend on the rate control mode.
421
421
  */
422
422
  AacSettings?: AacSettings;
423
423
  /**
424
- * Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AC3.
424
+ * Required when you set Codec to the value AC3.
425
425
  */
426
426
  Ac3Settings?: Ac3Settings;
427
427
  /**
428
- * Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AIFF.
428
+ * Required when you set Codec to the value AIFF.
429
429
  */
430
430
  AiffSettings?: AiffSettings;
431
431
  /**
432
- * Choose the audio codec for this output. Note that the option Dolby Digital passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) applies only to Dolby Digital and Dolby Digital Plus audio inputs. Make sure that you choose a codec that's supported with your output container: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers.html#reference-codecs-containers-output-audio For audio-only outputs, make sure that both your input audio codec and your output audio codec are supported for audio-only workflows. For more information, see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers-input.html#reference-codecs-containers-input-audio-only and https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers.html#audio-only-output
432
+ * Choose the audio codec for this output. Note that the option Dolby Digital passthrough applies only to Dolby Digital and Dolby Digital Plus audio inputs. Make sure that you choose a codec that's supported with your output container: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers.html#reference-codecs-containers-output-audio For audio-only outputs, make sure that both your input audio codec and your output audio codec are supported for audio-only workflows. For more information, see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers-input.html#reference-codecs-containers-input-audio-only and https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers.html#audio-only-output
433
433
  */
434
434
  Codec?: AudioCodec;
435
435
  /**
436
- * Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value EAC3_ATMOS.
436
+ * Required when you set Codec to the value EAC3_ATMOS.
437
437
  */
438
438
  Eac3AtmosSettings?: Eac3AtmosSettings;
439
439
  /**
440
- * Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value EAC3.
440
+ * Required when you set Codec to the value EAC3.
441
441
  */
442
442
  Eac3Settings?: Eac3Settings;
443
443
  /**
444
- * Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value MP2.
444
+ * Required when you set Codec to the value MP2.
445
445
  */
446
446
  Mp2Settings?: Mp2Settings;
447
447
  /**
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
457
457
  */
458
458
  VorbisSettings?: VorbisSettings;
459
459
  /**
460
- * Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value WAV.
460
+ * Required when you set Codec to the value WAV.
461
461
  */
462
462
  WavSettings?: WavSettings;
463
463
  }
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
488
488
  */
489
489
  CodecSettings?: AudioCodecSettings;
490
490
  /**
491
- * Specify the language for this audio output track. The service puts this language code into your output audio track when you set Language code control (AudioLanguageCodeControl) to Use configured (USE_CONFIGURED). The service also uses your specified custom language code when you set Language code control (AudioLanguageCodeControl) to Follow input (FOLLOW_INPUT), but your input file doesn't specify a language code. For all outputs, you can use an ISO 639-2 or ISO 639-3 code. For streaming outputs, you can also use any other code in the full RFC-5646 specification. Streaming outputs are those that are in one of the following output groups: CMAF, DASH ISO, Apple HLS, or Microsoft Smooth Streaming.
491
+ * Specify the language for this audio output track. The service puts this language code into your output audio track when you set Language code control to Use configured. The service also uses your specified custom language code when you set Language code control to Follow input, but your input file doesn't specify a language code. For all outputs, you can use an ISO 639-2 or ISO 639-3 code. For streaming outputs, you can also use any other code in the full RFC-5646 specification. Streaming outputs are those that are in one of the following output groups: CMAF, DASH ISO, Apple HLS, or Microsoft Smooth Streaming.
492
492
  */
493
493
  CustomLanguageCode?: __stringPatternAZaZ23AZaZ;
494
494
  /**
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
496
496
  */
497
497
  LanguageCode?: LanguageCode;
498
498
  /**
499
- * Specify which source for language code takes precedence for this audio track. When you choose Follow input (FOLLOW_INPUT), the service uses the language code from the input track if it's present. If there's no languge code on the input track, the service uses the code that you specify in the setting Language code (languageCode or customLanguageCode). When you choose Use configured (USE_CONFIGURED), the service uses the language code that you specify.
499
+ * Specify which source for language code takes precedence for this audio track. When you choose Follow input, the service uses the language code from the input track if it's present. If there's no languge code on the input track, the service uses the code that you specify in the setting Language code. When you choose Use configured, the service uses the language code that you specify.
500
500
  */
501
501
  LanguageCodeControl?: AudioLanguageCodeControl;
502
502
  /**
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
536
536
  */
537
537
  PeakCalculation?: AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation;
538
538
  /**
539
- * When you use Audio normalization (AudioNormalizationSettings), optionally use this setting to specify a target loudness. If you don't specify a value here, the encoder chooses a value for you, based on the algorithm that you choose for Algorithm (algorithm). If you choose algorithm 1770-1, the encoder will choose -24 LKFS; otherwise, the encoder will choose -23 LKFS.
539
+ * When you use Audio normalization, optionally use this setting to specify a target loudness. If you don't specify a value here, the encoder chooses a value for you, based on the algorithm that you choose for Algorithm. If you choose algorithm 1770-1, the encoder will choose -24 LKFS; otherwise, the encoder will choose -23 LKFS.
540
540
  */
541
541
  TargetLkfs?: __doubleMinNegative59Max0;
542
542
  /**
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
578
578
  */
579
579
  Pids?: __listOf__integerMin1Max2147483647;
580
580
  /**
581
- * Use this setting for input streams that contain Dolby E, to have the service extract specific program data from the track. To select multiple programs, create multiple selectors with the same Track and different Program numbers. In the console, this setting is visible when you set Selector type to Track. Choose the program number from the dropdown list. If you are sending a JSON file, provide the program ID, which is part of the audio metadata. If your input file has incorrect metadata, you can choose All channels instead of a program number to have the service ignore the program IDs and include all the programs in the track.
581
+ * Use this setting for input streams that contain Dolby E, to have the service extract specific program data from the track. To select multiple programs, create multiple selectors with the same Track and different Program numbers. In the console, this setting is visible when you set Selector type to Track. Choose the program number from the dropdown list. If your input file has incorrect metadata, you can choose All channels instead of a program number to have the service ignore the program IDs and include all the programs in the track.
582
582
  */
583
583
  ProgramSelection?: __integerMin0Max8;
584
584
  /**
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
590
590
  */
591
591
  SelectorType?: AudioSelectorType;
592
592
  /**
593
- * Identify a track from the input audio to include in this selector by entering the track index number. To include several tracks in a single audio selector, specify multiple tracks as follows. Using the console, enter a comma-separated list. For examle, type "1,2,3" to include tracks 1 through 3. Specifying directly in your JSON job file, provide the track numbers in an array. For example, "tracks": [1,2,3].
593
+ * Identify a track from the input audio to include in this selector by entering the track index number. To include several tracks in a single audio selector, specify multiple tracks as follows. Using the console, enter a comma-separated list. For example, type "1,2,3" to include tracks 1 through 3.
594
594
  */
595
595
  Tracks?: __listOf__integerMin1Max2147483647;
596
596
  }
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
654
654
  export type Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"|"INTERPOLATE"|"FRAMEFORMER"|string;
655
655
  export interface Av1QvbrSettings {
656
656
  /**
657
- * Use this setting only when you set Rate control mode (RateControlMode) to QVBR. Specify the target quality level for this output. MediaConvert determines the right number of bits to use for each part of the video to maintain the video quality that you specify. When you keep the default value, AUTO, MediaConvert picks a quality level for you, based on characteristics of your input video. If you prefer to specify a quality level, specify a number from 1 through 10. Use higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10 results in nearly lossless compression. The quality level for most broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and 9. Optionally, to specify a value between whole numbers, also provide a value for the setting qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
657
+ * Use this setting only when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Specify the target quality level for this output. MediaConvert determines the right number of bits to use for each part of the video to maintain the video quality that you specify. When you keep the default value, AUTO, MediaConvert picks a quality level for you, based on characteristics of your input video. If you prefer to specify a quality level, specify a number from 1 through 10. Use higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10 results in nearly lossless compression. The quality level for most broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and 9. Optionally, to specify a value between whole numbers, also provide a value for the setting qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
658
658
  */
659
659
  QvbrQualityLevel?: __integerMin1Max10;
660
660
  /**
@@ -665,15 +665,15 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
665
665
  export type Av1RateControlMode = "QVBR"|string;
666
666
  export interface Av1Settings {
667
667
  /**
668
- * Specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. The value that you choose here applies to Spatial adaptive quantization (spatialAdaptiveQuantization).
668
+ * Specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. The value that you choose here applies to Spatial adaptive quantization.
669
669
  */
670
670
  AdaptiveQuantization?: Av1AdaptiveQuantization;
671
671
  /**
672
- * Specify the Bit depth (Av1BitDepth). You can choose 8-bit (BIT_8) or 10-bit (BIT_10).
672
+ * Specify the Bit depth. You can choose 8-bit or 10-bit.
673
673
  */
674
674
  BitDepth?: Av1BitDepth;
675
675
  /**
676
- * If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
676
+ * Use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
677
677
  */
678
678
  FramerateControl?: Av1FramerateControl;
679
679
  /**
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
701
701
  */
702
702
  NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames?: __integerMin0Max15;
703
703
  /**
704
- * Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec. Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode (RateControlMode).
704
+ * Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec. Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode.
705
705
  */
706
706
  QvbrSettings?: Av1QvbrSettings;
707
707
  /**
@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
713
713
  */
714
714
  Slices?: __integerMin1Max32;
715
715
  /**
716
- * Keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the value for Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization) depending on your content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
716
+ * Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the value for Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
717
717
  */
718
718
  SpatialAdaptiveQuantization?: Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization;
719
719
  }
@@ -735,11 +735,11 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
735
735
  */
736
736
  AvcIntraClass?: AvcIntraClass;
737
737
  /**
738
- * Optional when you set AVC-Intra class (avcIntraClass) to Class 4K/2K (CLASS_4K_2K). When you set AVC-Intra class to a different value, this object isn't allowed.
738
+ * Optional when you set AVC-Intra class to Class 4K/2K. When you set AVC-Intra class to a different value, this object isn't allowed.
739
739
  */
740
740
  AvcIntraUhdSettings?: AvcIntraUhdSettings;
741
741
  /**
742
- * If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
742
+ * If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
743
743
  */
744
744
  FramerateControl?: AvcIntraFramerateControl;
745
745
  /**
@@ -755,19 +755,19 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
755
755
  */
756
756
  FramerateNumerator?: __integerMin24Max60000;
757
757
  /**
758
- * Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use Top field first (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom field first (BOTTOM_FIELD) to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, default bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
758
+ * Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow, default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
759
759
  */
760
760
  InterlaceMode?: AvcIntraInterlaceMode;
761
761
  /**
762
- * Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing (INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE) to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing (INTERLACED), for all other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine (telecine) to None (NONE) or Soft (SOFT). You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode (interlaceMode) to a value other than Progressive (PROGRESSIVE).
762
+ * Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
763
763
  */
764
764
  ScanTypeConversionMode?: AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode;
765
765
  /**
766
- * Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set Framerate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
766
+ * Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set Framerate to 25.
767
767
  */
768
768
  SlowPal?: AvcIntraSlowPal;
769
769
  /**
770
- * When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard telecine (HARD) to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value, None (NONE), MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
770
+ * When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard telecine to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value, None, MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
771
771
  */
772
772
  Telecine?: AvcIntraTelecine;
773
773
  }
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
776
776
  export type AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"|"MULTI_PASS"|string;
777
777
  export interface AvcIntraUhdSettings {
778
778
  /**
779
- * Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how many transcoding passes MediaConvert does with your video. When you choose Multi-pass (MULTI_PASS), your video quality is better and your output bitrate is more accurate. That is, the actual bitrate of your output is closer to the target bitrate defined in the specification. When you choose Single-pass (SINGLE_PASS), your encoding time is faster. The default behavior is Single-pass (SINGLE_PASS).
779
+ * Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how many transcoding passes MediaConvert does with your video. When you choose Multi-pass, your video quality is better and your output bitrate is more accurate. That is, the actual bitrate of your output is closer to the target bitrate defined in the specification. When you choose Single-pass, your encoding time is faster. The default behavior is Single-pass.
780
780
  */
781
781
  QualityTuningLevel?: AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel;
782
782
  }
@@ -800,23 +800,23 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
800
800
  */
801
801
  Alignment?: BurninSubtitleAlignment;
802
802
  /**
803
- * Ignore this setting unless Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) is set to Enabled and Font color (FontColor) set to Black, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, or Hex. Use Apply font color (ApplyFontColor) for additional font color controls. When you choose White text only (WHITE_TEXT_ONLY), or leave blank, your font color setting only applies to white text in your input captions. For example, if your font color setting is Yellow, and your input captions have red and white text, your output captions will have red and yellow text. When you choose ALL_TEXT, your font color setting applies to all of your output captions text.
803
+ * Ignore this setting unless Style passthrough is set to Enabled and Font color set to Black, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, or Hex. Use Apply font color for additional font color controls. When you choose White text only, or leave blank, your font color setting only applies to white text in your input captions. For example, if your font color setting is Yellow, and your input captions have red and white text, your output captions will have red and yellow text. When you choose ALL_TEXT, your font color setting applies to all of your output captions text.
804
804
  */
805
805
  ApplyFontColor?: BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor;
806
806
  /**
807
- * Specify the color of the rectangle behind the captions. Leave background color (BackgroundColor) blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the background color data from your input captions, if present.
807
+ * Specify the color of the rectangle behind the captions. Leave background color blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the background color data from your input captions, if present.
808
808
  */
809
809
  BackgroundColor?: BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor;
810
810
  /**
811
- * Specify the opacity of the background rectangle. Enter a value from 0 to 255, where 0 is transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) is set to enabled, leave blank to pass through the background style information in your input captions to your output captions. If Style passthrough is set to disabled, leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all backgrounds from your output captions.
811
+ * Specify the opacity of the background rectangle. Enter a value from 0 to 255, where 0 is transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough is set to enabled, leave blank to pass through the background style information in your input captions to your output captions. If Style passthrough is set to disabled, leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all backgrounds from your output captions.
812
812
  */
813
813
  BackgroundOpacity?: __integerMin0Max255;
814
814
  /**
815
- * Specify the font that you want the service to use for your burn in captions when your input captions specify a font that MediaConvert doesn't support. When you set Fallback font (FallbackFont) to best match (BEST_MATCH), or leave blank, MediaConvert uses a supported font that most closely matches the font that your input captions specify. When there are multiple unsupported fonts in your input captions, MediaConvert matches each font with the supported font that matches best. When you explicitly choose a replacement font, MediaConvert uses that font to replace all unsupported fonts from your input.
815
+ * Specify the font that you want the service to use for your burn in captions when your input captions specify a font that MediaConvert doesn't support. When you set Fallback font to best match, or leave blank, MediaConvert uses a supported font that most closely matches the font that your input captions specify. When there are multiple unsupported fonts in your input captions, MediaConvert matches each font with the supported font that matches best. When you explicitly choose a replacement font, MediaConvert uses that font to replace all unsupported fonts from your input.
816
816
  */
817
817
  FallbackFont?: BurninSubtitleFallbackFont;
818
818
  /**
819
- * Specify the color of the burned-in captions text. Leave Font color (FontColor) blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the font color data from your input captions, if present.
819
+ * Specify the color of the burned-in captions text. Leave Font color blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the font color data from your input captions, if present.
820
820
  */
821
821
  FontColor?: BurninSubtitleFontColor;
822
822
  /**
@@ -824,15 +824,15 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
824
824
  */
825
825
  FontOpacity?: __integerMin0Max255;
826
826
  /**
827
- * Specify the Font resolution (FontResolution) in DPI (dots per inch).
827
+ * Specify the Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch).
828
828
  */
829
829
  FontResolution?: __integerMin96Max600;
830
830
  /**
831
- * Set Font script (FontScript) to Automatically determined (AUTOMATIC), or leave blank, to automatically determine the font script in your input captions. Otherwise, set to Simplified Chinese (HANS) or Traditional Chinese (HANT) if your input font script uses Simplified or Traditional Chinese.
831
+ * Set Font script to Automatically determined, or leave blank, to automatically determine the font script in your input captions. Otherwise, set to Simplified Chinese (HANS) or Traditional Chinese (HANT) if your input font script uses Simplified or Traditional Chinese.
832
832
  */
833
833
  FontScript?: FontScript;
834
834
  /**
835
- * Specify the Font size (FontSize) in pixels. Must be a positive integer. Set to 0, or leave blank, for automatic font size.
835
+ * Specify the Font size in pixels. Must be a positive integer. Set to 0, or leave blank, for automatic font size.
836
836
  */
837
837
  FontSize?: __integerMin0Max96;
838
838
  /**
@@ -840,19 +840,19 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
840
840
  */
841
841
  HexFontColor?: __stringMin6Max8Pattern09aFAF609aFAF2;
842
842
  /**
843
- * Specify font outline color. Leave Outline color (OutlineColor) blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the font outline color data from your input captions, if present.
843
+ * Specify font outline color. Leave Outline color blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the font outline color data from your input captions, if present.
844
844
  */
845
845
  OutlineColor?: BurninSubtitleOutlineColor;
846
846
  /**
847
- * Specify the Outline size (OutlineSize) of the caption text, in pixels. Leave Outline size blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the outline size data from your input captions, if present.
847
+ * Specify the Outline size of the caption text, in pixels. Leave Outline size blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the outline size data from your input captions, if present.
848
848
  */
849
849
  OutlineSize?: __integerMin0Max10;
850
850
  /**
851
- * Specify the color of the shadow cast by the captions. Leave Shadow color (ShadowColor) blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the shadow color data from your input captions, if present.
851
+ * Specify the color of the shadow cast by the captions. Leave Shadow color blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the shadow color data from your input captions, if present.
852
852
  */
853
853
  ShadowColor?: BurninSubtitleShadowColor;
854
854
  /**
855
- * Specify the opacity of the shadow. Enter a value from 0 to 255, where 0 is transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) is set to Enabled, leave Shadow opacity (ShadowOpacity) blank to pass through the shadow style information in your input captions to your output captions. If Style passthrough is set to disabled, leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all shadows from your output captions.
855
+ * Specify the opacity of the shadow. Enter a value from 0 to 255, where 0 is transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough is set to Enabled, leave Shadow opacity blank to pass through the shadow style information in your input captions to your output captions. If Style passthrough is set to disabled, leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all shadows from your output captions.
856
856
  */
857
857
  ShadowOpacity?: __integerMin0Max255;
858
858
  /**
@@ -860,23 +860,23 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
860
860
  */
861
861
  ShadowXOffset?: __integerMinNegative2147483648Max2147483647;
862
862
  /**
863
- * Specify the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. Leave Shadow y-offset (ShadowYOffset) blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the shadow y-offset data from your input captions, if present.
863
+ * Specify the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. Leave Shadow y-offset blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the shadow y-offset data from your input captions, if present.
864
864
  */
865
865
  ShadowYOffset?: __integerMinNegative2147483648Max2147483647;
866
866
  /**
867
- * Set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to ENABLED to use the available style, color, and position information from your input captions. MediaConvert uses default settings for any missing style and position information in your input captions. Set Style passthrough to DISABLED, or leave blank, to ignore the style and position information from your input captions and use default settings: white text with black outlining, bottom-center positioning, and automatic sizing. Whether you set Style passthrough to enabled or not, you can also choose to manually override any of the individual style and position settings.
867
+ * Set Style passthrough to ENABLED to use the available style, color, and position information from your input captions. MediaConvert uses default settings for any missing style and position information in your input captions. Set Style passthrough to DISABLED, or leave blank, to ignore the style and position information from your input captions and use default settings: white text with black outlining, bottom-center positioning, and automatic sizing. Whether you set Style passthrough to enabled or not, you can also choose to manually override any of the individual style and position settings.
868
868
  */
869
869
  StylePassthrough?: BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough;
870
870
  /**
871
- * Specify whether the text spacing (TeletextSpacing) in your captions is set by the captions grid, or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid (FIXED_GRID) to conform to the spacing specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional (PROPORTIONAL) to make the text easier to read for closed captions.
871
+ * Specify whether the text spacing in your captions is set by the captions grid, or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to the spacing specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional to make the text easier to read for closed captions.
872
872
  */
873
873
  TeletextSpacing?: BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing;
874
874
  /**
875
- * Specify the horizontal position (XPosition) of the captions, relative to the left side of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided, the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.
875
+ * Specify the horizontal position of the captions, relative to the left side of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided, the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.
876
876
  */
877
877
  XPosition?: __integerMin0Max2147483647;
878
878
  /**
879
- * Specify the vertical position (YPosition) of the captions, relative to the top of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output.
879
+ * Specify the vertical position of the captions, relative to the top of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output.
880
880
  */
881
881
  YPosition?: __integerMin0Max2147483647;
882
882
  }
@@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
906
906
  */
907
907
  CustomLanguageCode?: __stringPatternAZaZ23AZaZ;
908
908
  /**
909
- * Settings related to one captions tab on the MediaConvert console. In your job JSON, an instance of captions DestinationSettings is equivalent to one captions tab in the console. Usually, one captions tab corresponds to one output captions track. Depending on your output captions format, one tab might correspond to a set of output captions tracks. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/including-captions.html.
909
+ * Settings related to one captions tab on the MediaConvert console. Usually, one captions tab corresponds to one output captions track. Depending on your output captions format, one tab might correspond to a set of output captions tracks. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/including-captions.html.
910
910
  */
911
911
  DestinationSettings?: CaptionDestinationSettings;
912
912
  /**
@@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
924
924
  */
925
925
  CustomLanguageCode?: __stringPatternAZaZ23AZaZ;
926
926
  /**
927
- * Settings related to one captions tab on the MediaConvert console. In your job JSON, an instance of captions DestinationSettings is equivalent to one captions tab in the console. Usually, one captions tab corresponds to one output captions track. Depending on your output captions format, one tab might correspond to a set of output captions tracks. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/including-captions.html.
927
+ * Settings related to one captions tab on the MediaConvert console. Usually, one captions tab corresponds to one output captions track. Depending on your output captions format, one tab might correspond to a set of output captions tracks. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/including-captions.html.
928
928
  */
929
929
  DestinationSettings?: CaptionDestinationSettings;
930
930
  /**
@@ -938,43 +938,43 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
938
938
  }
939
939
  export interface CaptionDestinationSettings {
940
940
  /**
941
- * Burn-in is a captions delivery method, rather than a captions format. Burn-in writes the captions directly on your video frames, replacing pixels of video content with the captions. Set up burn-in captions in the same output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/burn-in-output-captions.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to BURN_IN.
941
+ * Burn-in is a captions delivery method, rather than a captions format. Burn-in writes the captions directly on your video frames, replacing pixels of video content with the captions. Set up burn-in captions in the same output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/burn-in-output-captions.html.
942
942
  */
943
943
  BurninDestinationSettings?: BurninDestinationSettings;
944
944
  /**
945
- * Specify the format for this set of captions on this output. The default format is embedded without SCTE-20. Note that your choice of video output container constrains your choice of output captions format. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/captions-support-tables.html. If you are using SCTE-20 and you want to create an output that complies with the SCTE-43 spec, choose SCTE-20 plus embedded (SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED). To create a non-compliant output where the embedded captions come first, choose Embedded plus SCTE-20 (EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20).
945
+ * Specify the format for this set of captions on this output. The default format is embedded without SCTE-20. Note that your choice of video output container constrains your choice of output captions format. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/captions-support-tables.html. If you are using SCTE-20 and you want to create an output that complies with the SCTE-43 spec, choose SCTE-20 plus embedded. To create a non-compliant output where the embedded captions come first, choose Embedded plus SCTE-20.
946
946
  */
947
947
  DestinationType?: CaptionDestinationType;
948
948
  /**
949
- * Settings related to DVB-Sub captions. Set up DVB-Sub captions in the same output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/dvb-sub-output-captions.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to DVB_SUB.
949
+ * Settings related to DVB-Sub captions. Set up DVB-Sub captions in the same output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/dvb-sub-output-captions.html.
950
950
  */
951
951
  DvbSubDestinationSettings?: DvbSubDestinationSettings;
952
952
  /**
953
- * Settings related to CEA/EIA-608 and CEA/EIA-708 (also called embedded or ancillary) captions. Set up embedded captions in the same output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/embedded-output-captions.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to EMBEDDED, EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20, or SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED.
953
+ * Settings related to CEA/EIA-608 and CEA/EIA-708 (also called embedded or ancillary) captions. Set up embedded captions in the same output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/embedded-output-captions.html.
954
954
  */
955
955
  EmbeddedDestinationSettings?: EmbeddedDestinationSettings;
956
956
  /**
957
- * Settings related to IMSC captions. IMSC is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to IMSC.
957
+ * Settings related to IMSC captions. IMSC is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.
958
958
  */
959
959
  ImscDestinationSettings?: ImscDestinationSettings;
960
960
  /**
961
- * Settings related to SCC captions. SCC is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/scc-srt-output-captions.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to SCC.
961
+ * Settings related to SCC captions. SCC is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/scc-srt-output-captions.html.
962
962
  */
963
963
  SccDestinationSettings?: SccDestinationSettings;
964
964
  /**
965
- * Settings related to SRT captions. SRT is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to SRT.
965
+ * Settings related to SRT captions. SRT is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video.
966
966
  */
967
967
  SrtDestinationSettings?: SrtDestinationSettings;
968
968
  /**
969
- * Settings related to teletext captions. Set up teletext captions in the same output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/teletext-output-captions.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to TELETEXT.
969
+ * Settings related to teletext captions. Set up teletext captions in the same output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/teletext-output-captions.html.
970
970
  */
971
971
  TeletextDestinationSettings?: TeletextDestinationSettings;
972
972
  /**
973
- * Settings related to TTML captions. TTML is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to TTML.
973
+ * Settings related to TTML captions. TTML is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.
974
974
  */
975
975
  TtmlDestinationSettings?: TtmlDestinationSettings;
976
976
  /**
977
- * Settings related to WebVTT captions. WebVTT is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to WebVTT.
977
+ * Settings related to WebVTT captions. WebVTT is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.
978
978
  */
979
979
  WebvttDestinationSettings?: WebvttDestinationSettings;
980
980
  }
@@ -996,11 +996,11 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
996
996
  export type CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn = "ENABLED"|"DISABLED"|string;
997
997
  export interface CaptionSourceFramerate {
998
998
  /**
999
- * Specify the denominator of the fraction that represents the frame rate for the setting Caption source frame rate (CaptionSourceFramerate). Use this setting along with the setting Framerate numerator (framerateNumerator).
999
+ * Specify the denominator of the fraction that represents the frame rate for the setting Caption source frame rate. Use this setting along with the setting Framerate numerator.
1000
1000
  */
1001
1001
  FramerateDenominator?: __integerMin1Max1001;
1002
1002
  /**
1003
- * Specify the numerator of the fraction that represents the frame rate for the setting Caption source frame rate (CaptionSourceFramerate). Use this setting along with the setting Framerate denominator (framerateDenominator).
1003
+ * Specify the numerator of the fraction that represents the frame rate for the setting Caption source frame rate. Use this setting along with the setting Framerate denominator.
1004
1004
  */
1005
1005
  FramerateNumerator?: __integerMin1Max60000;
1006
1006
  }
@@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
1022
1022
  */
1023
1023
  FileSourceSettings?: FileSourceSettings;
1024
1024
  /**
1025
- * Use Source (SourceType) to identify the format of your input captions. The service cannot auto-detect caption format.
1025
+ * Use Source to identify the format of your input captions. The service cannot auto-detect caption format.
1026
1026
  */
1027
1027
  SourceType?: CaptionSourceType;
1028
1028
  /**
@@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
1081
1081
  */
1082
1082
  ConstantInitializationVector?: __stringMin32Max32Pattern09aFAF32;
1083
1083
  /**
1084
- * Specify the encryption scheme that you want the service to use when encrypting your CMAF segments. Choose AES-CBC subsample (SAMPLE-AES) or AES_CTR (AES-CTR).
1084
+ * Specify the encryption scheme that you want the service to use when encrypting your CMAF segments. Choose AES-CBC subsample or AES_CTR.
1085
1085
  */
1086
1086
  EncryptionMethod?: CmafEncryptionType;
1087
1087
  /**
@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
1112
1112
  */
1113
1113
  BaseUrl?: __string;
1114
1114
  /**
1115
- * Disable this setting only when your workflow requires the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag. Otherwise, keep the default value Enabled (ENABLED) and control caching in your video distribution set up. For example, use the Cache-Control http header.
1115
+ * Disable this setting only when your workflow requires the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag. Otherwise, keep the default value Enabled and control caching in your video distribution set up. For example, use the Cache-Control http header.
1116
1116
  */
1117
1117
  ClientCache?: CmafClientCache;
1118
1118
  /**
@@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
1124
1124
  */
1125
1125
  DashManifestStyle?: DashManifestStyle;
1126
1126
  /**
1127
- * Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first input file.
1127
+ * Use Destination to specify the S3 output location and the output filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first input file.
1128
1128
  */
1129
1129
  Destination?: __stringPatternS3;
1130
1130
  /**
@@ -1136,11 +1136,11 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
1136
1136
  */
1137
1137
  Encryption?: CmafEncryptionSettings;
1138
1138
  /**
1139
- * Specify the length, in whole seconds, of the mp4 fragments. When you don't specify a value, MediaConvert defaults to 2. Related setting: Use Fragment length control (FragmentLengthControl) to specify whether the encoder enforces this value strictly.
1139
+ * Specify the length, in whole seconds, of the mp4 fragments. When you don't specify a value, MediaConvert defaults to 2. Related setting: Use Fragment length control to specify whether the encoder enforces this value strictly.
1140
1140
  */
1141
1141
  FragmentLength?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
1142
1142
  /**
1143
- * Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default value, None (NONE), to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail (THUMBNAIL) to generate tiled thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame (THUMBNAIL_AND_FULLFRAME) to generate tiled thumbnails and full-resolution images of single frames. When you enable Write HLS manifest (WriteHlsManifest), MediaConvert creates a child manifest for each set of images that you generate and adds corresponding entries to the parent manifest. When you enable Write DASH manifest (WriteDashManifest), MediaConvert adds an entry in the .mpd manifest for each set of images that you generate. A common application for these images is Roku trick mode. The thumbnails and full-frame images that MediaConvert creates with this feature are compatible with this Roku specification: https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
1143
+ * Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default value, None, to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail to generate tiled thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame to generate tiled thumbnails and full-resolution images of single frames. When you enable Write HLS manifest, MediaConvert creates a child manifest for each set of images that you generate and adds corresponding entries to the parent manifest. When you enable Write DASH manifest, MediaConvert adds an entry in the .mpd manifest for each set of images that you generate. A common application for these images is Roku trick mode. The thumbnails and full-frame images that MediaConvert creates with this feature are compatible with this Roku specification: https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
1144
1144
  */
1145
1145
  ImageBasedTrickPlay?: CmafImageBasedTrickPlay;
1146
1146
  /**
@@ -1168,11 +1168,11 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
1168
1168
  */
1169
1169
  MpdManifestBandwidthType?: CmafMpdManifestBandwidthType;
1170
1170
  /**
1171
- * Specify whether your DASH profile is on-demand or main. When you choose Main profile (MAIN_PROFILE), the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-main:2011 in your .mpd DASH manifest. When you choose On-demand (ON_DEMAND_PROFILE), the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-on-demand:2011 in your .mpd. When you choose On-demand, you must also set the output group setting Segment control (SegmentControl) to Single file (SINGLE_FILE).
1171
+ * Specify whether your DASH profile is on-demand or main. When you choose Main profile, the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-main:2011 in your .mpd DASH manifest. When you choose On-demand, the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-on-demand:2011 in your .mpd. When you choose On-demand, you must also set the output group setting Segment control to Single file.
1172
1172
  */
1173
1173
  MpdProfile?: CmafMpdProfile;
1174
1174
  /**
1175
- * Use this setting only when your output video stream has B-frames, which causes the initial presentation time stamp (PTS) to be offset from the initial decode time stamp (DTS). Specify how MediaConvert handles PTS when writing time stamps in output DASH manifests. Choose Match initial PTS (MATCH_INITIAL_PTS) when you want MediaConvert to use the initial PTS as the first time stamp in the manifest. Choose Zero-based (ZERO_BASED) to have MediaConvert ignore the initial PTS in the video stream and instead write the initial time stamp as zero in the manifest. For outputs that don't have B-frames, the time stamps in your DASH manifests start at zero regardless of your choice here.
1175
+ * Use this setting only when your output video stream has B-frames, which causes the initial presentation time stamp (PTS) to be offset from the initial decode time stamp (DTS). Specify how MediaConvert handles PTS when writing time stamps in output DASH manifests. Choose Match initial PTS when you want MediaConvert to use the initial PTS as the first time stamp in the manifest. Choose Zero-based to have MediaConvert ignore the initial PTS in the video stream and instead write the initial time stamp as zero in the manifest. For outputs that don't have B-frames, the time stamps in your DASH manifests start at zero regardless of your choice here.
1176
1176
  */
1177
1177
  PtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames?: CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames;
1178
1178
  /**
@@ -1180,11 +1180,11 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
1180
1180
  */
1181
1181
  SegmentControl?: CmafSegmentControl;
1182
1182
  /**
1183
- * Specify the length, in whole seconds, of each segment. When you don't specify a value, MediaConvert defaults to 10. Related settings: Use Segment length control (SegmentLengthControl) to specify whether the encoder enforces this value strictly. Use Segment control (CmafSegmentControl) to specify whether MediaConvert creates separate segment files or one content file that has metadata to mark the segment boundaries.
1183
+ * Specify the length, in whole seconds, of each segment. When you don't specify a value, MediaConvert defaults to 10. Related settings: Use Segment length control to specify whether the encoder enforces this value strictly. Use Segment control to specify whether MediaConvert creates separate segment files or one content file that has metadata to mark the segment boundaries.
1184
1184
  */
1185
1185
  SegmentLength?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
1186
1186
  /**
1187
- * Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose Exact (EXACT) to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the setting Segment length (SegmentLength). This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple of GOP (GOP_MULTIPLE) to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
1187
+ * Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose Exact to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the setting Segment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple of GOP to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
1188
1188
  */
1189
1189
  SegmentLengthControl?: CmafSegmentLengthControl;
1190
1190
  /**
@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
1208
1208
  */
1209
1209
  WriteHlsManifest?: CmafWriteHLSManifest;
1210
1210
  /**
1211
- * When you enable Precise segment duration in DASH manifests (writeSegmentTimelineInRepresentation), your DASH manifest shows precise segment durations. The segment duration information appears inside the SegmentTimeline element, inside SegmentTemplate at the Representation level. When this feature isn't enabled, the segment durations in your DASH manifest are approximate. The segment duration information appears in the duration attribute of the SegmentTemplate element.
1211
+ * When you enable Precise segment duration in DASH manifests, your DASH manifest shows precise segment durations. The segment duration information appears inside the SegmentTimeline element, inside SegmentTemplate at the Representation level. When this feature isn't enabled, the segment durations in your DASH manifest are approximate. The segment duration information appears in the duration attribute of the SegmentTemplate element.
1212
1212
  */
1213
1213
  WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation?: CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation;
1214
1214
  }
@@ -1265,27 +1265,27 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
1265
1265
  export type CmfcScte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH"|"NONE"|string;
1266
1266
  export interface CmfcSettings {
1267
1267
  /**
1268
- * Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration (MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION). In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration (DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION). When you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
1268
+ * Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration. In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
1269
1269
  */
1270
1270
  AudioDuration?: CmfcAudioDuration;
1271
1271
  /**
1272
- * Specify the audio rendition group for this audio rendition. Specify up to one value for each audio output in your output group. This value appears in your HLS parent manifest in the EXT-X-MEDIA tag of TYPE=AUDIO, as the value for the GROUP-ID attribute. For example, if you specify "audio_aac_1" for Audio group ID, it appears in your manifest like this: #EXT-X-MEDIA:TYPE=AUDIO,GROUP-ID="audio_aac_1". Related setting: To associate the rendition group that this audio track belongs to with a video rendition, include the same value that you provide here for that video output's setting Audio rendition sets (audioRenditionSets).
1272
+ * Specify the audio rendition group for this audio rendition. Specify up to one value for each audio output in your output group. This value appears in your HLS parent manifest in the EXT-X-MEDIA tag of TYPE=AUDIO, as the value for the GROUP-ID attribute. For example, if you specify "audio_aac_1" for Audio group ID, it appears in your manifest like this: #EXT-X-MEDIA:TYPE=AUDIO,GROUP-ID="audio_aac_1". Related setting: To associate the rendition group that this audio track belongs to with a video rendition, include the same value that you provide here for that video output's setting Audio rendition sets.
1273
1273
  */
1274
1274
  AudioGroupId?: __string;
1275
1275
  /**
1276
- * List the audio rendition groups that you want included with this video rendition. Use a comma-separated list. For example, say you want to include the audio rendition groups that have the audio group IDs "audio_aac_1" and "audio_dolby". Then you would specify this value: "audio_aac_1,audio_dolby". Related setting: The rendition groups that you include in your comma-separated list should all match values that you specify in the setting Audio group ID (AudioGroupId) for audio renditions in the same output group as this video rendition. Default behavior: If you don't specify anything here and for Audio group ID, MediaConvert puts each audio variant in its own audio rendition group and associates it with every video variant. Each value in your list appears in your HLS parent manifest in the EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag as the value for the AUDIO attribute. To continue the previous example, say that the file name for the child manifest for your video rendition is "amazing_video_1.m3u8". Then, in your parent manifest, each value will appear on separate lines, like this: #EXT-X-STREAM-INF:AUDIO="audio_aac_1"... amazing_video_1.m3u8 #EXT-X-STREAM-INF:AUDIO="audio_dolby"... amazing_video_1.m3u8
1276
+ * List the audio rendition groups that you want included with this video rendition. Use a comma-separated list. For example, say you want to include the audio rendition groups that have the audio group IDs "audio_aac_1" and "audio_dolby". Then you would specify this value: "audio_aac_1,audio_dolby". Related setting: The rendition groups that you include in your comma-separated list should all match values that you specify in the setting Audio group ID for audio renditions in the same output group as this video rendition. Default behavior: If you don't specify anything here and for Audio group ID, MediaConvert puts each audio variant in its own audio rendition group and associates it with every video variant. Each value in your list appears in your HLS parent manifest in the EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag as the value for the AUDIO attribute. To continue the previous example, say that the file name for the child manifest for your video rendition is "amazing_video_1.m3u8". Then, in your parent manifest, each value will appear on separate lines, like this: #EXT-X-STREAM-INF:AUDIO="audio_aac_1"... amazing_video_1.m3u8 #EXT-X-STREAM-INF:AUDIO="audio_dolby"... amazing_video_1.m3u8
1277
1277
  */
1278
1278
  AudioRenditionSets?: __string;
1279
1279
  /**
1280
- * Use this setting to control the values that MediaConvert puts in your HLS parent playlist to control how the client player selects which audio track to play. The other options for this setting determine the values that MediaConvert writes for the DEFAULT and AUTOSELECT attributes of the EXT-X-MEDIA entry for the audio variant. For more information about these attributes, see the Apple documentation article https://developer.apple.com/documentation/http_live_streaming/example_playlists_for_http_live_streaming/adding_alternate_media_to_a_playlist. Choose Alternate audio, auto select, default (ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT) to set DEFAULT=YES and AUTOSELECT=YES. Choose this value for only one variant in your output group. Choose Alternate audio, auto select, not default (ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT) to set DEFAULT=NO and AUTOSELECT=YES. Choose Alternate Audio, Not Auto Select to set DEFAULT=NO and AUTOSELECT=NO. When you don't specify a value for this setting, MediaConvert defaults to Alternate audio, auto select, default. When there is more than one variant in your output group, you must explicitly choose a value for this setting.
1280
+ * Use this setting to control the values that MediaConvert puts in your HLS parent playlist to control how the client player selects which audio track to play. The other options for this setting determine the values that MediaConvert writes for the DEFAULT and AUTOSELECT attributes of the EXT-X-MEDIA entry for the audio variant. For more information about these attributes, see the Apple documentation article https://developer.apple.com/documentation/http_live_streaming/example_playlists_for_http_live_streaming/adding_alternate_media_to_a_playlist. Choose Alternate audio, auto select, default to set DEFAULT=YES and AUTOSELECT=YES. Choose this value for only one variant in your output group. Choose Alternate audio, auto select, not default to set DEFAULT=NO and AUTOSELECT=YES. Choose Alternate Audio, Not Auto Select to set DEFAULT=NO and AUTOSELECT=NO. When you don't specify a value for this setting, MediaConvert defaults to Alternate audio, auto select, default. When there is more than one variant in your output group, you must explicitly choose a value for this setting.
1281
1281
  */
1282
1282
  AudioTrackType?: CmfcAudioTrackType;
1283
1283
  /**
1284
- * Specify whether to flag this audio track as descriptive video service (DVS) in your HLS parent manifest. When you choose Flag (FLAG), MediaConvert includes the parameter CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-video" in the EXT-X-MEDIA entry for this track. When you keep the default choice, Don't flag (DONT_FLAG), MediaConvert leaves this parameter out. The DVS flag can help with accessibility on Apple devices. For more information, see the Apple documentation.
1284
+ * Specify whether to flag this audio track as descriptive video service (DVS) in your HLS parent manifest. When you choose Flag, MediaConvert includes the parameter CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-video" in the EXT-X-MEDIA entry for this track. When you keep the default choice, Don't flag, MediaConvert leaves this parameter out. The DVS flag can help with accessibility on Apple devices. For more information, see the Apple documentation.
1285
1285
  */
1286
1286
  DescriptiveVideoServiceFlag?: CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag;
1287
1287
  /**
1288
- * Choose Include (INCLUDE) to have MediaConvert generate an HLS child manifest that lists only the I-frames for this rendition, in addition to your regular manifest for this rendition. You might use this manifest as part of a workflow that creates preview functions for your video. MediaConvert adds both the I-frame only child manifest and the regular child manifest to the parent manifest. When you don't need the I-frame only child manifest, keep the default value Exclude (EXCLUDE).
1288
+ * Choose Include to have MediaConvert generate an HLS child manifest that lists only the I-frames for this rendition, in addition to your regular manifest for this rendition. You might use this manifest as part of a workflow that creates preview functions for your video. MediaConvert adds both the I-frame only child manifest and the regular child manifest to the parent manifest. When you don't need the I-frame only child manifest, keep the default value Exclude.
1289
1289
  */
1290
1290
  IFrameOnlyManifest?: CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest;
1291
1291
  /**
@@ -1293,34 +1293,34 @@ declare namespace MediaConvert {
1293
1293
  */
1294
1294
  KlvMetadata?: CmfcKlvMetadata;
1295
1295
  /**
1296
- * To add an InbandEventStream element in your output MPD manifest for each type of event message, set Manifest metadata signaling to Enabled. For ID3 event messages, the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be same value that you specify for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI. For SCTE35 event messages, the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be "urn:scte:scte35:2013:bin". To leave these elements out of your output MPD manifest, set Manifest metadata signaling to Disabled. To enable Manifest metadata signaling, you must also set SCTE-35 source to Passthrough, ESAM SCTE-35 to insert, or ID3 metadata (TimedMetadata) to Passthrough.
1296
+ * To add an InbandEventStream element in your output MPD manifest for each type of event message, set Manifest metadata signaling to Enabled. For ID3 event messages, the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be same value that you specify for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI. For SCTE35 event messages, the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be "urn:scte:scte35:2013:bin". To leave these elements out of your output MPD manifest, set Manifest metadata signaling to Disabled. To enable Manifest metadata signaling, you must also set SCTE-35 source to Passthrough, ESAM SCTE-35 to insert, or ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
1297
1297
  */
1298
1298
  ManifestMetadataSignaling?: CmfcManifestMetadataSignaling;
1299
1299
  /**
1300
- * Use this setting only when you specify SCTE-35 markers from ESAM. Choose INSERT to put SCTE-35 markers in this output at the insertion points that you specify in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML (sccXml).
1300
+ * Use this setting only when you specify SCTE-35 markers from ESAM. Choose INSERT to put SCTE-35 markers in this output at the insertion points that you specify in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML.
1301
1301
  */
1302
1302
  Scte35Esam?: CmfcScte35Esam;
1303
1303
  /**
1304
- * Ignore this setting unless you have SCTE-35 markers in your input video file. Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None (NONE) if you don't want those SCTE-35 markers in this output.
1304
+ * Ignore this setting unless you have SCTE-35 markers in your input video file. Choose Passthrough if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None if you don't want those SCTE-35 markers in this output.
1305
1305
  */
1306
1306
  Scte35Source?: CmfcScte35Source;
1307
1307
  /**
1308
- * To include ID3 metadata in this output: Set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH). Specify this ID3 metadata in Custom ID3 metadata inserter (timedMetadataInsertion). MediaConvert writes each instance of ID3 metadata in a separate Event Message (eMSG) box. To exclude this ID3 metadata: Set ID3 metadata to None (NONE) or leave blank.
1308
+ * To include ID3 metadata in this output: Set ID3 metadata to Passthrough. Specify this ID3 metadata in Custom ID3 metadata inserter. MediaConvert writes each instance of ID3 metadata in a separate Event Message (eMSG) box. To exclude this ID3 metadata: Set ID3 metadata to None or leave blank.
1309
1309
  */
1310
1310
  TimedMetadata?: CmfcTimedMetadata;
1311
1311
  /**
1312
1312
  * Specify the event message box (eMSG) version for ID3 timed metadata in your output.
1313
1313
  For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.3 Syntax.
1314
1314
  Leave blank to use the default value Version 0.
1315
- When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough.
1315
+ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
1316
1316
  */
1317
1317
  TimedMetadataBoxVersion?: CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersion;
1318
1318
  /**
1319
- * Specify the event message box (eMSG) scheme ID URI (scheme_id_uri) for ID3 timed metadata in your output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.4 Semantics. Leave blank to use the default value: https://aomedia.org/emsg/ID3 When you specify a value for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough.
1319
+ * Specify the event message box (eMSG) scheme ID URI for ID3 timed metadata in your output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.4 Semantics. Leave blank to use the default value: https://aomedia.org/emsg/ID3 When you specify a value for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI, you must also set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
1320
1320
  */
1321
1321
  TimedMetadataSchemeIdUri?: __stringMax1000;
1322
1322
  /**
1323
- * Specify the event message box (eMSG) value for ID3 timed metadata in your output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.4 Semantics. When you specify a value for ID3 Metadata Value, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough.
1323
+ * Specify the event message box (eMSG) value for ID3 timed metadata in your output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.4 Semantics. When you specify a value for ID3 Metadata Value, you must also set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
1324
1324
  */
1325
1325
  TimedMetadataValue?: __stringMax1000;
1326
1326
  }
@@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
1349
1349
  */
1350
1350
  Contrast?: __integerMin1Max100;
1351
1351
  /**
1352
- * Use these settings when you convert to the HDR 10 color space. Specify the SMPTE ST 2086 Mastering Display Color Volume static metadata that you want signaled in the output. These values don't affect the pixel values that are encoded in the video stream. They are intended to help the downstream video player display content in a way that reflects the intentions of the the content creator. When you set Color space conversion (ColorSpaceConversion) to HDR 10 (FORCE_HDR10), these settings are required. You must set values for Max frame average light level (maxFrameAverageLightLevel) and Max content light level (maxContentLightLevel); these settings don't have a default value. The default values for the other HDR 10 metadata settings are defined by the P3D65 color space. For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
1352
+ * Use these settings when you convert to the HDR 10 color space. Specify the SMPTE ST 2086 Mastering Display Color Volume static metadata that you want signaled in the output. These values don't affect the pixel values that are encoded in the video stream. They are intended to help the downstream video player display content in a way that reflects the intentions of the the content creator. When you set Color space conversion to HDR 10, these settings are required. You must set values for Max frame average light level and Max content light level; these settings don't have a default value. The default values for the other HDR 10 metadata settings are defined by the P3D65 color space. For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
1353
1353
  */
1354
1354
  Hdr10Metadata?: Hdr10Metadata;
1355
1355
  /**
@@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
1392
1392
  */
1393
1393
  F4vSettings?: F4vSettings;
1394
1394
  /**
1395
- * MPEG-2 TS container settings. These apply to outputs in a File output group when the output's container (ContainerType) is MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS). In these assets, data is organized by the program map table (PMT). Each transport stream program contains subsets of data, including audio, video, and metadata. Each of these subsets of data has a numerical label called a packet identifier (PID). Each transport stream program corresponds to one MediaConvert output. The PMT lists the types of data in a program along with their PID. Downstream systems and players use the program map table to look up the PID for each type of data it accesses and then uses the PIDs to locate specific data within the asset.
1395
+ * MPEG-2 TS container settings. These apply to outputs in a File output group when the output's container is MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS). In these assets, data is organized by the program map table (PMT). Each transport stream program contains subsets of data, including audio, video, and metadata. Each of these subsets of data has a numerical label called a packet identifier (PID). Each transport stream program corresponds to one MediaConvert output. The PMT lists the types of data in a program along with their PID. Downstream systems and players use the program map table to look up the PID for each type of data it accesses and then uses the PIDs to locate specific data within the asset.
1396
1396
  */
1397
1397
  M2tsSettings?: M2tsSettings;
1398
1398
  /**
@@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
1598
1598
  }
1599
1599
  export interface DashIsoEncryptionSettings {
1600
1600
  /**
1601
- * This setting can improve the compatibility of your output with video players on obsolete devices. It applies only to DASH H.264 outputs with DRM encryption. Choose Unencrypted SEI (UNENCRYPTED_SEI) only to correct problems with playback on older devices. Otherwise, keep the default setting CENC v1 (CENC_V1). If you choose Unencrypted SEI, for that output, the service will exclude the access unit delimiter and will leave the SEI NAL units unencrypted.
1601
+ * This setting can improve the compatibility of your output with video players on obsolete devices. It applies only to DASH H.264 outputs with DRM encryption. Choose Unencrypted SEI only to correct problems with playback on older devices. Otherwise, keep the default setting CENC v1. If you choose Unencrypted SEI, for that output, the service will exclude the access unit delimiter and will leave the SEI NAL units unencrypted.
1602
1602
  */
1603
1603
  PlaybackDeviceCompatibility?: DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility;
1604
1604
  /**
@@ -1613,7 +1613,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
1613
1613
  */
1614
1614
  AdditionalManifests?: __listOfDashAdditionalManifest;
1615
1615
  /**
1616
- * Use this setting only when your audio codec is a Dolby one (AC3, EAC3, or Atmos) and your downstream workflow requires that your DASH manifest use the Dolby channel configuration tag, rather than the MPEG one. For example, you might need to use this to make dynamic ad insertion work. Specify which audio channel configuration scheme ID URI MediaConvert writes in your DASH manifest. Keep the default value, MPEG channel configuration (MPEG_CHANNEL_CONFIGURATION), to have MediaConvert write this: urn:mpeg:mpegB:cicp:ChannelConfiguration. Choose Dolby channel configuration (DOLBY_CHANNEL_CONFIGURATION) to have MediaConvert write this instead: tag:dolby.com,2014:dash:audio_channel_configuration:2011.
1616
+ * Use this setting only when your audio codec is a Dolby one (AC3, EAC3, or Atmos) and your downstream workflow requires that your DASH manifest use the Dolby channel configuration tag, rather than the MPEG one. For example, you might need to use this to make dynamic ad insertion work. Specify which audio channel configuration scheme ID URI MediaConvert writes in your DASH manifest. Keep the default value, MPEG channel configuration, to have MediaConvert write this: urn:mpeg:mpegB:cicp:ChannelConfiguration. Choose Dolby channel configuration to have MediaConvert write this instead: tag:dolby.com,2014:dash:audio_channel_configuration:2011.
1617
1617
  */
1618
1618
  AudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri?: DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri;
1619
1619
  /**
@@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
1625
1625
  */
1626
1626
  DashManifestStyle?: DashManifestStyle;
1627
1627
  /**
1628
- * Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first input file.
1628
+ * Use Destination to specify the S3 output location and the output filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first input file.
1629
1629
  */
1630
1630
  Destination?: __stringPatternS3;
1631
1631
  /**
@@ -1645,7 +1645,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
1645
1645
  */
1646
1646
  HbbtvCompliance?: DashIsoHbbtvCompliance;
1647
1647
  /**
1648
- * Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default value, None (NONE), to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail (THUMBNAIL) to generate tiled thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame (THUMBNAIL_AND_FULLFRAME) to generate tiled thumbnails and full-resolution images of single frames. MediaConvert adds an entry in the .mpd manifest for each set of images that you generate. A common application for these images is Roku trick mode. The thumbnails and full-frame images that MediaConvert creates with this feature are compatible with this Roku specification: https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
1648
+ * Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default value, None, to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail to generate tiled thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame to generate tiled thumbnails and full-resolution images of single frames. MediaConvert adds an entry in the .mpd manifest for each set of images that you generate. A common application for these images is Roku trick mode. The thumbnails and full-frame images that MediaConvert creates with this feature are compatible with this Roku specification: https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
1649
1649
  */
1650
1650
  ImageBasedTrickPlay?: DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay;
1651
1651
  /**
@@ -1665,11 +1665,11 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
1665
1665
  */
1666
1666
  MpdManifestBandwidthType?: DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthType;
1667
1667
  /**
1668
- * Specify whether your DASH profile is on-demand or main. When you choose Main profile (MAIN_PROFILE), the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-main:2011 in your .mpd DASH manifest. When you choose On-demand (ON_DEMAND_PROFILE), the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-on-demand:2011 in your .mpd. When you choose On-demand, you must also set the output group setting Segment control (SegmentControl) to Single file (SINGLE_FILE).
1668
+ * Specify whether your DASH profile is on-demand or main. When you choose Main profile, the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-main:2011 in your .mpd DASH manifest. When you choose On-demand, the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-on-demand:2011 in your .mpd. When you choose On-demand, you must also set the output group setting Segment control to Single file.
1669
1669
  */
1670
1670
  MpdProfile?: DashIsoMpdProfile;
1671
1671
  /**
1672
- * Use this setting only when your output video stream has B-frames, which causes the initial presentation time stamp (PTS) to be offset from the initial decode time stamp (DTS). Specify how MediaConvert handles PTS when writing time stamps in output DASH manifests. Choose Match initial PTS (MATCH_INITIAL_PTS) when you want MediaConvert to use the initial PTS as the first time stamp in the manifest. Choose Zero-based (ZERO_BASED) to have MediaConvert ignore the initial PTS in the video stream and instead write the initial time stamp as zero in the manifest. For outputs that don't have B-frames, the time stamps in your DASH manifests start at zero regardless of your choice here.
1672
+ * Use this setting only when your output video stream has B-frames, which causes the initial presentation time stamp (PTS) to be offset from the initial decode time stamp (DTS). Specify how MediaConvert handles PTS when writing time stamps in output DASH manifests. Choose Match initial PTS when you want MediaConvert to use the initial PTS as the first time stamp in the manifest. Choose Zero-based to have MediaConvert ignore the initial PTS in the video stream and instead write the initial time stamp as zero in the manifest. For outputs that don't have B-frames, the time stamps in your DASH manifests start at zero regardless of your choice here.
1673
1673
  */
1674
1674
  PtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames?: DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames;
1675
1675
  /**
@@ -1677,11 +1677,11 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
1677
1677
  */
1678
1678
  SegmentControl?: DashIsoSegmentControl;
1679
1679
  /**
1680
- * Specify the length, in whole seconds, of each segment. When you don't specify a value, MediaConvert defaults to 30. Related settings: Use Segment length control (SegmentLengthControl) to specify whether the encoder enforces this value strictly. Use Segment control (DashIsoSegmentControl) to specify whether MediaConvert creates separate segment files or one content file that has metadata to mark the segment boundaries.
1680
+ * Specify the length, in whole seconds, of each segment. When you don't specify a value, MediaConvert defaults to 30. Related settings: Use Segment length control to specify whether the encoder enforces this value strictly. Use Segment control to specify whether MediaConvert creates separate segment files or one content file that has metadata to mark the segment boundaries.
1681
1681
  */
1682
1682
  SegmentLength?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
1683
1683
  /**
1684
- * Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose Exact (EXACT) to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the setting Segment length (SegmentLength). This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple of GOP (GOP_MULTIPLE) to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
1684
+ * Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose Exact to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the setting Segment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple of GOP to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
1685
1685
  */
1686
1686
  SegmentLengthControl?: DashIsoSegmentLengthControl;
1687
1687
  /**
@@ -1743,7 +1743,10 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
1743
1743
  */
1744
1744
  Control?: DeinterlacerControl;
1745
1745
  /**
1746
- * Use Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to choose how the service will do deinterlacing. Default is Deinterlace. - Deinterlace converts interlaced to progressive. - Inverse telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive 23.976p. - Adaptive auto-detects and converts to progressive.
1746
+ * Use Deinterlacer to choose how the service will do deinterlacing. Default is Deinterlace.
1747
+ - Deinterlace converts interlaced to progressive.
1748
+ - Inverse telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive 23.976p.
1749
+ - Adaptive auto-detects and converts to progressive.
1747
1750
  */
1748
1751
  Mode?: DeinterlacerMode;
1749
1752
  }
@@ -1886,15 +1889,15 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
1886
1889
  */
1887
1890
  Alignment?: DvbSubtitleAlignment;
1888
1891
  /**
1889
- * Ignore this setting unless Style Passthrough (StylePassthrough) is set to Enabled and Font color (FontColor) set to Black, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, or Hex. Use Apply font color (ApplyFontColor) for additional font color controls. When you choose White text only (WHITE_TEXT_ONLY), or leave blank, your font color setting only applies to white text in your input captions. For example, if your font color setting is Yellow, and your input captions have red and white text, your output captions will have red and yellow text. When you choose ALL_TEXT, your font color setting applies to all of your output captions text.
1892
+ * Ignore this setting unless Style Passthrough is set to Enabled and Font color set to Black, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, or Hex. Use Apply font color for additional font color controls. When you choose White text only, or leave blank, your font color setting only applies to white text in your input captions. For example, if your font color setting is Yellow, and your input captions have red and white text, your output captions will have red and yellow text. When you choose ALL_TEXT, your font color setting applies to all of your output captions text.
1890
1893
  */
1891
1894
  ApplyFontColor?: DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor;
1892
1895
  /**
1893
- * Specify the color of the rectangle behind the captions. Leave background color (BackgroundColor) blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the background color data from your input captions, if present.
1896
+ * Specify the color of the rectangle behind the captions. Leave background color blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the background color data from your input captions, if present.
1894
1897
  */
1895
1898
  BackgroundColor?: DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor;
1896
1899
  /**
1897
- * Specify the opacity of the background rectangle. Enter a value from 0 to 255, where 0 is transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) is set to enabled, leave blank to pass through the background style information in your input captions to your output captions. If Style passthrough is set to disabled, leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all backgrounds from your output captions. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1900
+ * Specify the opacity of the background rectangle. Enter a value from 0 to 255, where 0 is transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough is set to enabled, leave blank to pass through the background style information in your input captions to your output captions. If Style passthrough is set to disabled, leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all backgrounds from your output captions. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1898
1901
  */
1899
1902
  BackgroundOpacity?: __integerMin0Max255;
1900
1903
  /**
@@ -1902,19 +1905,19 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
1902
1905
  */
1903
1906
  DdsHandling?: DvbddsHandling;
1904
1907
  /**
1905
- * Use this setting, along with DDS y-coordinate (ddsYCoordinate), to specify the upper left corner of the display definition segment (DDS) display window. With this setting, specify the distance, in pixels, between the left side of the frame and the left side of the DDS display window. Keep the default value, 0, to have MediaConvert automatically choose this offset. Related setting: When you use this setting, you must set DDS handling (ddsHandling) to a value other than None (NONE). MediaConvert uses these values to determine whether to write page position data to the DDS or to the page composition segment (PCS). All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1908
+ * Use this setting, along with DDS y-coordinate, to specify the upper left corner of the display definition segment (DDS) display window. With this setting, specify the distance, in pixels, between the left side of the frame and the left side of the DDS display window. Keep the default value, 0, to have MediaConvert automatically choose this offset. Related setting: When you use this setting, you must set DDS handling to a value other than None. MediaConvert uses these values to determine whether to write page position data to the DDS or to the page composition segment. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1906
1909
  */
1907
1910
  DdsXCoordinate?: __integerMin0Max2147483647;
1908
1911
  /**
1909
- * Use this setting, along with DDS x-coordinate (ddsXCoordinate), to specify the upper left corner of the display definition segment (DDS) display window. With this setting, specify the distance, in pixels, between the top of the frame and the top of the DDS display window. Keep the default value, 0, to have MediaConvert automatically choose this offset. Related setting: When you use this setting, you must set DDS handling (ddsHandling) to a value other than None (NONE). MediaConvert uses these values to determine whether to write page position data to the DDS or to the page composition segment (PCS). All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1912
+ * Use this setting, along with DDS x-coordinate, to specify the upper left corner of the display definition segment (DDS) display window. With this setting, specify the distance, in pixels, between the top of the frame and the top of the DDS display window. Keep the default value, 0, to have MediaConvert automatically choose this offset. Related setting: When you use this setting, you must set DDS handling to a value other than None. MediaConvert uses these values to determine whether to write page position data to the DDS or to the page composition segment (PCS). All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1910
1913
  */
1911
1914
  DdsYCoordinate?: __integerMin0Max2147483647;
1912
1915
  /**
1913
- * Specify the font that you want the service to use for your burn in captions when your input captions specify a font that MediaConvert doesn't support. When you set Fallback font (FallbackFont) to best match (BEST_MATCH), or leave blank, MediaConvert uses a supported font that most closely matches the font that your input captions specify. When there are multiple unsupported fonts in your input captions, MediaConvert matches each font with the supported font that matches best. When you explicitly choose a replacement font, MediaConvert uses that font to replace all unsupported fonts from your input.
1916
+ * Specify the font that you want the service to use for your burn in captions when your input captions specify a font that MediaConvert doesn't support. When you set Fallback font to best match, or leave blank, MediaConvert uses a supported font that most closely matches the font that your input captions specify. When there are multiple unsupported fonts in your input captions, MediaConvert matches each font with the supported font that matches best. When you explicitly choose a replacement font, MediaConvert uses that font to replace all unsupported fonts from your input.
1914
1917
  */
1915
1918
  FallbackFont?: DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont;
1916
1919
  /**
1917
- * Specify the color of the captions text. Leave Font color (FontColor) blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the font color data from your input captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1920
+ * Specify the color of the captions text. Leave Font color blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the font color data from your input captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1918
1921
  */
1919
1922
  FontColor?: DvbSubtitleFontColor;
1920
1923
  /**
@@ -1923,20 +1926,20 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1923
1926
  */
1924
1927
  FontOpacity?: __integerMin0Max255;
1925
1928
  /**
1926
- * Specify the Font resolution (FontResolution) in DPI (dots per inch).
1929
+ * Specify the Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch).
1927
1930
  Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1928
1931
  */
1929
1932
  FontResolution?: __integerMin96Max600;
1930
1933
  /**
1931
- * Set Font script (FontScript) to Automatically determined (AUTOMATIC), or leave blank, to automatically determine the font script in your input captions. Otherwise, set to Simplified Chinese (HANS) or Traditional Chinese (HANT) if your input font script uses Simplified or Traditional Chinese. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1934
+ * Set Font script to Automatically determined, or leave blank, to automatically determine the font script in your input captions. Otherwise, set to Simplified Chinese (HANS) or Traditional Chinese (HANT) if your input font script uses Simplified or Traditional Chinese. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1932
1935
  */
1933
1936
  FontScript?: FontScript;
1934
1937
  /**
1935
- * Specify the Font size (FontSize) in pixels. Must be a positive integer. Set to 0, or leave blank, for automatic font size. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1938
+ * Specify the Font size in pixels. Must be a positive integer. Set to 0, or leave blank, for automatic font size. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1936
1939
  */
1937
1940
  FontSize?: __integerMin0Max96;
1938
1941
  /**
1939
- * Specify the height, in pixels, of this set of DVB-Sub captions. The default value is 576 pixels. Related setting: When you use this setting, you must set DDS handling (ddsHandling) to a value other than None (NONE). All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1942
+ * Specify the height, in pixels, of this set of DVB-Sub captions. The default value is 576 pixels. Related setting: When you use this setting, you must set DDS handling to a value other than None. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1940
1943
  */
1941
1944
  Height?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
1942
1945
  /**
@@ -1944,19 +1947,19 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1944
1947
  */
1945
1948
  HexFontColor?: __stringMin6Max8Pattern09aFAF609aFAF2;
1946
1949
  /**
1947
- * Specify font outline color. Leave Outline color (OutlineColor) blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the font outline color data from your input captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1950
+ * Specify font outline color. Leave Outline color blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the font outline color data from your input captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1948
1951
  */
1949
1952
  OutlineColor?: DvbSubtitleOutlineColor;
1950
1953
  /**
1951
- * Specify the Outline size (OutlineSize) of the caption text, in pixels. Leave Outline size blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the outline size data from your input captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1954
+ * Specify the Outline size of the caption text, in pixels. Leave Outline size blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the outline size data from your input captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1952
1955
  */
1953
1956
  OutlineSize?: __integerMin0Max10;
1954
1957
  /**
1955
- * Specify the color of the shadow cast by the captions. Leave Shadow color (ShadowColor) blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the shadow color data from your input captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1958
+ * Specify the color of the shadow cast by the captions. Leave Shadow color blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the shadow color data from your input captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1956
1959
  */
1957
1960
  ShadowColor?: DvbSubtitleShadowColor;
1958
1961
  /**
1959
- * Specify the opacity of the shadow. Enter a value from 0 to 255, where 0 is transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) is set to Enabled, leave Shadow opacity (ShadowOpacity) blank to pass through the shadow style information in your input captions to your output captions. If Style passthrough is set to disabled, leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all shadows from your output captions. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1962
+ * Specify the opacity of the shadow. Enter a value from 0 to 255, where 0 is transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough is set to Enabled, leave Shadow opacity blank to pass through the shadow style information in your input captions to your output captions. If Style passthrough is set to disabled, leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all shadows from your output captions. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1960
1963
  */
1961
1964
  ShadowOpacity?: __integerMin0Max255;
1962
1965
  /**
@@ -1964,11 +1967,11 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1964
1967
  */
1965
1968
  ShadowXOffset?: __integerMinNegative2147483648Max2147483647;
1966
1969
  /**
1967
- * Specify the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. Leave Shadow y-offset (ShadowYOffset) blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the shadow y-offset data from your input captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1970
+ * Specify the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. Leave Shadow y-offset blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the shadow y-offset data from your input captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1968
1971
  */
1969
1972
  ShadowYOffset?: __integerMinNegative2147483648Max2147483647;
1970
1973
  /**
1971
- * Set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to ENABLED to use the available style, color, and position information from your input captions. MediaConvert uses default settings for any missing style and position information in your input captions. Set Style passthrough to DISABLED, or leave blank, to ignore the style and position information from your input captions and use default settings: white text with black outlining, bottom-center positioning, and automatic sizing. Whether you set Style passthrough to enabled or not, you can also choose to manually override any of the individual style and position settings.
1974
+ * Set Style passthrough to ENABLED to use the available style, color, and position information from your input captions. MediaConvert uses default settings for any missing style and position information in your input captions. Set Style passthrough to DISABLED, or leave blank, to ignore the style and position information from your input captions and use default settings: white text with black outlining, bottom-center positioning, and automatic sizing. Whether you set Style passthrough to enabled or not, you can also choose to manually override any of the individual style and position settings.
1972
1975
  */
1973
1976
  StylePassthrough?: DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough;
1974
1977
  /**
@@ -1976,19 +1979,19 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1976
1979
  */
1977
1980
  SubtitlingType?: DvbSubtitlingType;
1978
1981
  /**
1979
- * Specify whether the Text spacing (TeletextSpacing) in your captions is set by the captions grid, or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid (FIXED_GRID) to conform to the spacing specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional (PROPORTIONAL) to make the text easier to read for closed captions. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1982
+ * Specify whether the Text spacing in your captions is set by the captions grid, or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to the spacing specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional to make the text easier to read for closed captions. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1980
1983
  */
1981
1984
  TeletextSpacing?: DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing;
1982
1985
  /**
1983
- * Specify the width, in pixels, of this set of DVB-Sub captions. The default value is 720 pixels. Related setting: When you use this setting, you must set DDS handling (ddsHandling) to a value other than None (NONE). All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1986
+ * Specify the width, in pixels, of this set of DVB-Sub captions. The default value is 720 pixels. Related setting: When you use this setting, you must set DDS handling to a value other than None. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
1984
1987
  */
1985
1988
  Width?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
1986
1989
  /**
1987
- * Specify the horizontal position (XPosition) of the captions, relative to the left side of the outputin pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels from the left ofthe output. If no explicit x_position is provided, the horizontal caption position will bedetermined by the alignment parameter. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1990
+ * Specify the horizontal position of the captions, relative to the left side of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided, the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1988
1991
  */
1989
1992
  XPosition?: __integerMin0Max2147483647;
1990
1993
  /**
1991
- * Specify the vertical position (YPosition) of the captions, relative to the top of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1994
+ * Specify the vertical position of the captions, relative to the top of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
1992
1995
  */
1993
1996
  YPosition?: __integerMin0Max2147483647;
1994
1997
  }
@@ -2041,35 +2044,35 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2041
2044
  */
2042
2045
  DialogueIntelligence?: Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence;
2043
2046
  /**
2044
- * Specify whether MediaConvert should use any downmix metadata from your input file. Keep the default value, Custom (SPECIFIED) to provide downmix values in your job settings. Choose Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE) to use the metadata from your input. Related settings--Use these settings to specify your downmix values: Left only/Right only surround (LoRoSurroundMixLevel), Left total/Right total surround (LtRtSurroundMixLevel), Left total/Right total center (LtRtCenterMixLevel), Left only/Right only center (LoRoCenterMixLevel), and Stereo downmix (StereoDownmix). When you keep Custom (SPECIFIED) for Downmix control (DownmixControl) and you don't specify values for the related settings, MediaConvert uses default values for those settings.
2047
+ * Specify whether MediaConvert should use any downmix metadata from your input file. Keep the default value, Custom to provide downmix values in your job settings. Choose Follow source to use the metadata from your input. Related settings--Use these settings to specify your downmix values: Left only/Right only surround, Left total/Right total surround, Left total/Right total center, Left only/Right only center, and Stereo downmix. When you keep Custom for Downmix control and you don't specify values for the related settings, MediaConvert uses default values for those settings.
2045
2048
  */
2046
2049
  DownmixControl?: Eac3AtmosDownmixControl;
2047
2050
  /**
2048
- * Choose the Dolby dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby stream for the line operating mode. Default value: Film light (ATMOS_STORAGE_DDP_COMPR_FILM_LIGHT) Related setting: To have MediaConvert use the value you specify here, keep the default value, Custom (SPECIFIED) for the setting Dynamic range control (DynamicRangeControl). Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Dynamic range compression line (DynamicRangeCompressionLine). For information about the Dolby DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
2051
+ * Choose the Dolby dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby stream for the line operating mode. Default value: Film light Related setting: To have MediaConvert use the value you specify here, keep the default value, Custom for the setting Dynamic range control. Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Dynamic range compression line. For information about the Dolby DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
2049
2052
  */
2050
2053
  DynamicRangeCompressionLine?: Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine;
2051
2054
  /**
2052
- * Choose the Dolby dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby stream for the RF operating mode. Default value: Film light (ATMOS_STORAGE_DDP_COMPR_FILM_LIGHT) Related setting: To have MediaConvert use the value you specify here, keep the default value, Custom (SPECIFIED) for the setting Dynamic range control (DynamicRangeControl). Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Dynamic range compression RF (DynamicRangeCompressionRf). For information about the Dolby DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
2055
+ * Choose the Dolby dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby stream for the RF operating mode. Default value: Film light Related setting: To have MediaConvert use the value you specify here, keep the default value, Custom for the setting Dynamic range control. Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Dynamic range compression RF. For information about the Dolby DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
2053
2056
  */
2054
2057
  DynamicRangeCompressionRf?: Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf;
2055
2058
  /**
2056
- * Specify whether MediaConvert should use any dynamic range control metadata from your input file. Keep the default value, Custom (SPECIFIED), to provide dynamic range control values in your job settings. Choose Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE) to use the metadata from your input. Related settings--Use these settings to specify your dynamic range control values: Dynamic range compression line (DynamicRangeCompressionLine) and Dynamic range compression RF (DynamicRangeCompressionRf). When you keep the value Custom (SPECIFIED) for Dynamic range control (DynamicRangeControl) and you don't specify values for the related settings, MediaConvert uses default values for those settings.
2059
+ * Specify whether MediaConvert should use any dynamic range control metadata from your input file. Keep the default value, Custom, to provide dynamic range control values in your job settings. Choose Follow source to use the metadata from your input. Related settings--Use these settings to specify your dynamic range control values: Dynamic range compression line and Dynamic range compression RF. When you keep the value Custom for Dynamic range control and you don't specify values for the related settings, MediaConvert uses default values for those settings.
2057
2060
  */
2058
2061
  DynamicRangeControl?: Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl;
2059
2062
  /**
2060
- * Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only center mix (Lo/Ro center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. Default value: -3 dB (ATMOS_STORAGE_DDP_MIXLEV_MINUS_3_DB). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, and -6.0. Related setting: How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value, keep the default value, Custom (SPECIFIED) for the setting Downmix control (DownmixControl). Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Left only/Right only center (LoRoCenterMixLevel).
2063
+ * Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only center mix (Lo/Ro center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. Default value: -3 dB. Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, and -6.0. Related setting: How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix. Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value, keep the default value, Custom for the setting Downmix control. Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Left only/Right only center.
2061
2064
  */
2062
2065
  LoRoCenterMixLevel?: __doubleMinNegative6Max3;
2063
2066
  /**
2064
- * Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only (Lo/Ro surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. Default value: -3 dB (ATMOS_STORAGE_DDP_MIXLEV_MINUS_3_DB). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. Related setting: How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value, keep the default value, Custom (SPECIFIED) for the setting Downmix control (DownmixControl). Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Left only/Right only surround (LoRoSurroundMixLevel).
2067
+ * Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only. MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. Default value: -3 dB. Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. Related setting: How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix. Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value, keep the default value, Custom for the setting Downmix control. Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Left only/Right only surround.
2065
2068
  */
2066
2069
  LoRoSurroundMixLevel?: __doubleMinNegative60MaxNegative1;
2067
2070
  /**
2068
- * Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total center mix (Lt/Rt center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. Default value: -3 dB (ATMOS_STORAGE_DDP_MIXLEV_MINUS_3_DB) Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, and -6.0. Related setting: How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value, keep the default value, Custom (SPECIFIED) for the setting Downmix control (DownmixControl). Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Left total/Right total center (LtRtCenterMixLevel).
2071
+ * Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total center mix (Lt/Rt center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. Default value: -3 dB Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, and -6.0. Related setting: How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix. Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value, keep the default value, Custom for the setting Downmix control. Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Left total/Right total center.
2069
2072
  */
2070
2073
  LtRtCenterMixLevel?: __doubleMinNegative6Max3;
2071
2074
  /**
2072
- * Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total surround mix (Lt/Rt surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. Default value: -3 dB (ATMOS_STORAGE_DDP_MIXLEV_MINUS_3_DB) Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. Related setting: How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value, keep the default value, Custom (SPECIFIED) for the setting Downmix control (DownmixControl). Otherwise, the service ignores Left total/Right total surround (LtRtSurroundMixLevel).
2075
+ * Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total surround mix (Lt/Rt surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. Default value: -3 dB Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. Related setting: How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix. Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value, keep the default value, Custom for the setting Downmix control. Otherwise, the service ignores Left total/Right total surround.
2073
2076
  */
2074
2077
  LtRtSurroundMixLevel?: __doubleMinNegative60MaxNegative1;
2075
2078
  /**
@@ -2085,7 +2088,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2085
2088
  */
2086
2089
  SpeechThreshold?: __integerMin0Max100;
2087
2090
  /**
2088
- * Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. Default value: Not indicated (ATMOS_STORAGE_DDP_DMIXMOD_NOT_INDICATED) Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value, keep the default value, Custom (SPECIFIED) for the setting Downmix control (DownmixControl). Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Stereo downmix (StereoDownmix).
2091
+ * Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. Default value: Not indicated Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value, keep the default value, Custom for the setting Downmix control. Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Stereo downmix.
2089
2092
  */
2090
2093
  StereoDownmix?: Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix;
2091
2094
  /**
@@ -2132,11 +2135,11 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2132
2135
  */
2133
2136
  Dialnorm?: __integerMin1Max31;
2134
2137
  /**
2135
- * Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the line operating mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores any value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile (DynamicRangeCompressionProfile). For information about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
2138
+ * Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the line operating mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores any value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile. For information about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
2136
2139
  */
2137
2140
  DynamicRangeCompressionLine?: Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine;
2138
2141
  /**
2139
- * Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the RF operating mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores any value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile (DynamicRangeCompressionProfile). For information about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
2142
+ * Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the RF operating mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores any value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile. For information about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
2140
2143
  */
2141
2144
  DynamicRangeCompressionRf?: Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf;
2142
2145
  /**
@@ -2148,19 +2151,19 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2148
2151
  */
2149
2152
  LfeFilter?: Eac3LfeFilter;
2150
2153
  /**
2151
- * Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right only center mix (Lo/Ro center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service ignores Left only/Right only center (loRoCenterMixLevel).
2154
+ * Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right only center mix. MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix. Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs for the setting Coding mode. If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service ignores Left only/Right only center.
2152
2155
  */
2153
2156
  LoRoCenterMixLevel?: __doubleMinNegative60Max3;
2154
2157
  /**
2155
- * Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right only (Lo/Ro surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service ignores Left only/Right only surround (loRoSurroundMixLevel).
2158
+ * Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right only. MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix. Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs for the setting Coding mode. If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service ignores Left only/Right only surround.
2156
2159
  */
2157
2160
  LoRoSurroundMixLevel?: __doubleMinNegative60MaxNegative1;
2158
2161
  /**
2159
- * Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right total center mix (Lt/Rt center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service ignores Left total/Right total center (ltRtCenterMixLevel).
2162
+ * Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right total center mix. MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix. Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs for the setting Coding mode. If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service ignores Left total/Right total center.
2160
2163
  */
2161
2164
  LtRtCenterMixLevel?: __doubleMinNegative60Max3;
2162
2165
  /**
2163
- * Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right total surround mix (Lt/Rt surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service ignores Left total/Right total surround (ltRtSurroundMixLevel).
2166
+ * Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right total surround mix. MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix. Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs for the setting Coding mode. If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service ignores Left total/Right total surround.
2164
2167
  */
2165
2168
  LtRtSurroundMixLevel?: __doubleMinNegative60MaxNegative1;
2166
2169
  /**
@@ -2180,7 +2183,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2180
2183
  */
2181
2184
  SampleRate?: __integerMin48000Max48000;
2182
2185
  /**
2183
- * Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. This setting only applies if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service ignores Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix).
2186
+ * Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. This setting only applies if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs for the setting Coding mode. If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service ignores Stereo downmix.
2184
2187
  */
2185
2188
  StereoDownmix?: Eac3StereoDownmix;
2186
2189
  /**
@@ -2202,13 +2205,13 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2202
2205
  */
2203
2206
  Destination608ChannelNumber?: __integerMin1Max4;
2204
2207
  /**
2205
- * Ignore this setting unless your input captions are SCC format and you want both 608 and 708 captions embedded in your output stream. Optionally, specify the 708 service number for each output captions channel. Choose a different number for each channel. To use this setting, also set Force 608 to 708 upconvert (Convert608To708) to Upconvert (UPCONVERT) in your input captions selector settings. If you choose to upconvert but don't specify a 708 service number, MediaConvert uses the number that you specify for CC channel number (destination608ChannelNumber) for the 708 service number. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/dual-scc-to-embedded.
2208
+ * Ignore this setting unless your input captions are SCC format and you want both 608 and 708 captions embedded in your output stream. Optionally, specify the 708 service number for each output captions channel. Choose a different number for each channel. To use this setting, also set Force 608 to 708 upconvert to Upconvert in your input captions selector settings. If you choose to upconvert but don't specify a 708 service number, MediaConvert uses the number that you specify for CC channel number for the 708 service number. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/dual-scc-to-embedded.
2206
2209
  */
2207
2210
  Destination708ServiceNumber?: __integerMin1Max6;
2208
2211
  }
2209
2212
  export interface EmbeddedSourceSettings {
2210
2213
  /**
2211
- * Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into 708.
2214
+ * Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert, MediaConvert includes the captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into 708.
2212
2215
  */
2213
2216
  Convert608To708?: EmbeddedConvert608To708;
2214
2217
  /**
@@ -2240,7 +2243,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2240
2243
  }
2241
2244
  export interface EsamSettings {
2242
2245
  /**
2243
- * Specifies an ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification XML as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The transcoder uses the manifest conditioning instructions that you provide in the setting MCC XML (mccXml).
2246
+ * Specifies an ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification XML as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The transcoder uses the manifest conditioning instructions that you provide in the setting MCC XML.
2244
2247
  */
2245
2248
  ManifestConfirmConditionNotification?: EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification;
2246
2249
  /**
@@ -2248,13 +2251,13 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2248
2251
  */
2249
2252
  ResponseSignalPreroll?: __integerMin0Max30000;
2250
2253
  /**
2251
- * Specifies an ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The transcoder uses the signal processing instructions that you provide in the setting SCC XML (sccXml).
2254
+ * Specifies an ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The transcoder uses the signal processing instructions that you provide in the setting SCC XML.
2252
2255
  */
2253
2256
  SignalProcessingNotification?: EsamSignalProcessingNotification;
2254
2257
  }
2255
2258
  export interface EsamSignalProcessingNotification {
2256
2259
  /**
2257
- * Provide your ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML document inside your JSON job settings. Form the XML document as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The transcoder will use the signal processing instructions in the message that you supply. Provide your ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML document inside your JSON job settings. For your MPEG2-TS file outputs, if you want the service to place SCTE-35 markers at the insertion points you specify in the XML document, you must also enable SCTE-35 ESAM (scte35Esam). Note that you can either specify an ESAM XML document or enable SCTE-35 passthrough. You can't do both.
2260
+ * Provide your ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML document inside your JSON job settings. Form the XML document as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The transcoder will use the signal processing instructions in the message that you supply. For your MPEG2-TS file outputs, if you want the service to place SCTE-35 markers at the insertion points you specify in the XML document, you must also enable SCTE-35 ESAM. Note that you can either specify an ESAM XML document or enable SCTE-35 passthrough. You can't do both.
2258
2261
  */
2259
2262
  SccXml?: __stringPatternSNSignalProcessingNotificationNS;
2260
2263
  }
@@ -2277,7 +2280,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2277
2280
  }
2278
2281
  export interface FileGroupSettings {
2279
2282
  /**
2280
- * Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first input file.
2283
+ * Use Destination to specify the S3 output location and the output filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first input file.
2281
2284
  */
2282
2285
  Destination?: __stringPatternS3;
2283
2286
  /**
@@ -2288,7 +2291,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2288
2291
  export type FileSourceConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT"|"DISABLED"|string;
2289
2292
  export interface FileSourceSettings {
2290
2293
  /**
2291
- * Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into 708.
2294
+ * Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert, MediaConvert includes the captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into 708.
2292
2295
  */
2293
2296
  Convert608To708?: FileSourceConvert608To708;
2294
2297
  /**
@@ -2296,7 +2299,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2296
2299
  */
2297
2300
  ConvertPaintToPop?: CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn;
2298
2301
  /**
2299
- * Ignore this setting unless your input captions format is SCC. To have the service compensate for differing frame rates between your input captions and input video, specify the frame rate of the captions file. Specify this value as a fraction. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, use the settings framerateNumerator and framerateDenominator. For example, you might specify 24 / 1 for 24 fps, 25 / 1 for 25 fps, 24000 / 1001 for 23.976 fps, or 30000 / 1001 for 29.97 fps.
2302
+ * Ignore this setting unless your input captions format is SCC. To have the service compensate for differing frame rates between your input captions and input video, specify the frame rate of the captions file. Specify this value as a fraction. For example, you might specify 24 / 1 for 24 fps, 25 / 1 for 25 fps, 24000 / 1001 for 23.976 fps, or 30000 / 1001 for 29.97 fps.
2300
2303
  */
2301
2304
  Framerate?: CaptionSourceFramerate;
2302
2305
  /**
@@ -2304,11 +2307,11 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2304
2307
  */
2305
2308
  SourceFile?: __stringMin14PatternS3SccSCCTtmlTTMLDfxpDFXPStlSTLSrtSRTXmlXMLSmiSMIVttVTTWebvttWEBVTTHttpsSccSCCTtmlTTMLDfxpDFXPStlSTLSrtSRTXmlXMLSmiSMIVttVTTWebvttWEBVTT;
2306
2309
  /**
2307
- * Optional. Use this setting when you need to adjust the sync between your sidecar captions and your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/time-delta-use-cases.html. Enter a positive or negative number to modify the times in the captions file. For example, type 15 to add 15 seconds to all the times in the captions file. Type -5 to subtract 5 seconds from the times in the captions file. You can optionally specify your time delta in milliseconds instead of seconds. When you do so, set the related setting, Time delta units (TimeDeltaUnits) to Milliseconds (MILLISECONDS). Note that, when you specify a time delta for timecode-based caption sources, such as SCC and STL, and your time delta isn't a multiple of the input frame rate, MediaConvert snaps the captions to the nearest frame. For example, when your input video frame rate is 25 fps and you specify 1010ms for time delta, MediaConvert delays your captions by 1000 ms.
2310
+ * Optional. Use this setting when you need to adjust the sync between your sidecar captions and your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/time-delta-use-cases.html. Enter a positive or negative number to modify the times in the captions file. For example, type 15 to add 15 seconds to all the times in the captions file. Type -5 to subtract 5 seconds from the times in the captions file. You can optionally specify your time delta in milliseconds instead of seconds. When you do so, set the related setting, Time delta units to Milliseconds. Note that, when you specify a time delta for timecode-based caption sources, such as SCC and STL, and your time delta isn't a multiple of the input frame rate, MediaConvert snaps the captions to the nearest frame. For example, when your input video frame rate is 25 fps and you specify 1010ms for time delta, MediaConvert delays your captions by 1000 ms.
2308
2311
  */
2309
2312
  TimeDelta?: __integerMinNegative2147483648Max2147483647;
2310
2313
  /**
2311
- * When you use the setting Time delta (TimeDelta) to adjust the sync between your sidecar captions and your video, use this setting to specify the units for the delta that you specify. When you don't specify a value for Time delta units (TimeDeltaUnits), MediaConvert uses seconds by default.
2314
+ * When you use the setting Time delta to adjust the sync between your sidecar captions and your video, use this setting to specify the units for the delta that you specify. When you don't specify a value for Time delta units, MediaConvert uses seconds by default.
2312
2315
  */
2313
2316
  TimeDeltaUnits?: FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits;
2314
2317
  }
@@ -2418,7 +2421,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2418
2421
  */
2419
2422
  MaxAverageBitrate?: __integerMin1000Max1152000000;
2420
2423
  /**
2421
- * Use this setting only when you set Rate control mode (RateControlMode) to QVBR. Specify the target quality level for this output. MediaConvert determines the right number of bits to use for each part of the video to maintain the video quality that you specify. When you keep the default value, AUTO, MediaConvert picks a quality level for you, based on characteristics of your input video. If you prefer to specify a quality level, specify a number from 1 through 10. Use higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10 results in nearly lossless compression. The quality level for most broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and 9. Optionally, to specify a value between whole numbers, also provide a value for the setting qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
2424
+ * Use this setting only when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Specify the target quality level for this output. MediaConvert determines the right number of bits to use for each part of the video to maintain the video quality that you specify. When you keep the default value, AUTO, MediaConvert picks a quality level for you, based on characteristics of your input video. If you prefer to specify a quality level, specify a number from 1 through 10. Use higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10 results in nearly lossless compression. The quality level for most broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and 9. Optionally, to specify a value between whole numbers, also provide a value for the setting qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
2422
2425
  */
2423
2426
  QvbrQualityLevel?: __integerMin1Max10;
2424
2427
  /**
@@ -2432,7 +2435,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2432
2435
  export type H264SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|"TRANSITION_DETECTION"|string;
2433
2436
  export interface H264Settings {
2434
2437
  /**
2435
- * Keep the default value, Auto (AUTO), for this setting to have MediaConvert automatically apply the best types of quantization for your video content. When you want to apply your quantization settings manually, you must set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other than Auto (AUTO). Use this setting to specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. If you don't want MediaConvert to do any adaptive quantization in this transcode, set Adaptive quantization (H264AdaptiveQuantization) to Off (OFF). Related settings: The value that you choose here applies to the following settings: H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization, H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization, and H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization.
2438
+ * Keep the default value, Auto, for this setting to have MediaConvert automatically apply the best types of quantization for your video content. When you want to apply your quantization settings manually, you must set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other than Auto. Use this setting to specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. If you don't want MediaConvert to do any adaptive quantization in this transcode, set Adaptive quantization to Off. Related settings: The value that you choose here applies to the following settings: H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization, H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization, and H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization.
2436
2439
  */
2437
2440
  AdaptiveQuantization?: H264AdaptiveQuantization;
2438
2441
  /**
@@ -2444,7 +2447,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2444
2447
  */
2445
2448
  Bitrate?: __integerMin1000Max1152000000;
2446
2449
  /**
2447
- * Specify an H.264 level that is consistent with your output video settings. If you aren't sure what level to specify, choose Auto (AUTO).
2450
+ * Specify an H.264 level that is consistent with your output video settings. If you aren't sure what level to specify, choose Auto.
2448
2451
  */
2449
2452
  CodecLevel?: H264CodecLevel;
2450
2453
  /**
@@ -2460,15 +2463,15 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2460
2463
  */
2461
2464
  EntropyEncoding?: H264EntropyEncoding;
2462
2465
  /**
2463
- * The video encoding method for your MPEG-4 AVC output. Keep the default value, PAFF, to have MediaConvert use PAFF encoding for interlaced outputs. Choose Force field (FORCE_FIELD) to disable PAFF encoding and create separate interlaced fields. Choose MBAFF to disable PAFF and have MediaConvert use MBAFF encoding for interlaced outputs.
2466
+ * The video encoding method for your MPEG-4 AVC output. Keep the default value, PAFF, to have MediaConvert use PAFF encoding for interlaced outputs. Choose Force field to disable PAFF encoding and create separate interlaced fields. Choose MBAFF to disable PAFF and have MediaConvert use MBAFF encoding for interlaced outputs.
2464
2467
  */
2465
2468
  FieldEncoding?: H264FieldEncoding;
2466
2469
  /**
2467
- * Only use this setting when you change the default value, AUTO, for the setting H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding H264AdaptiveQuantization and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job specification, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content. When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other than AUTO, the default value for H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization is Disabled (DISABLED). Change this value to Enabled (ENABLED) to reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. To manually enable or disable H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive quantization (H264AdaptiveQuantization) to a value other than AUTO.
2470
+ * Only use this setting when you change the default value, AUTO, for the setting H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding H264AdaptiveQuantization and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job specification, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content. When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other than AUTO, the default value for H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization is Disabled. Change this value to Enabled to reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. To manually enable or disable H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive quantization to a value other than AUTO.
2468
2471
  */
2469
2472
  FlickerAdaptiveQuantization?: H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization;
2470
2473
  /**
2471
- * If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
2474
+ * If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
2472
2475
  */
2473
2476
  FramerateControl?: H264FramerateControl;
2474
2477
  /**
@@ -2488,15 +2491,15 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2488
2491
  */
2489
2492
  GopBReference?: H264GopBReference;
2490
2493
  /**
2491
- * Specify the relative frequency of open to closed GOPs in this output. For example, if you want to allow four open GOPs and then require a closed GOP, set this value to 5. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior, keep the default value by leaving this setting out of your JSON job specification. In the console, do this by keeping the default empty value. If you do explicitly specify a value, for segmented outputs, don't set this value to 0.
2494
+ * Specify the relative frequency of open to closed GOPs in this output. For example, if you want to allow four open GOPs and then require a closed GOP, set this value to 5. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. In the console, do this by keeping the default empty value. If you do explicitly specify a value, for segmented outputs, don't set this value to 0.
2492
2495
  */
2493
2496
  GopClosedCadence?: __integerMin0Max2147483647;
2494
2497
  /**
2495
- * Use this setting only when you set GOP mode control (GopSizeUnits) to Specified, frames (FRAMES) or Specified, seconds (SECONDS). Specify the GOP length using a whole number of frames or a decimal value of seconds. MediaConvert will interpret this value as frames or seconds depending on the value you choose for GOP mode control (GopSizeUnits). If you want to allow MediaConvert to automatically determine GOP size, leave GOP size blank and set GOP mode control to Auto (AUTO). If your output group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, leave GOP size blank and set GOP mode control to Auto in each output in your output group.
2498
+ * Use this setting only when you set GOP mode control to Specified, frames or Specified, seconds. Specify the GOP length using a whole number of frames or a decimal value of seconds. MediaConvert will interpret this value as frames or seconds depending on the value you choose for GOP mode control. If you want to allow MediaConvert to automatically determine GOP size, leave GOP size blank and set GOP mode control to Auto. If your output group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, leave GOP size blank and set GOP mode control to Auto in each output in your output group.
2496
2499
  */
2497
2500
  GopSize?: __doubleMin0;
2498
2501
  /**
2499
- * Specify how the transcoder determines GOP size for this output. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior, choose Auto (AUTO) and and leave GOP size (GopSize) blank. By default, if you don't specify GOP mode control (GopSizeUnits), MediaConvert will use automatic behavior. If your output group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, set GOP mode control to Auto and leave GOP size blank in each output in your output group. To explicitly specify the GOP length, choose Specified, frames (FRAMES) or Specified, seconds (SECONDS) and then provide the GOP length in the related setting GOP size (GopSize).
2502
+ * Specify how the transcoder determines GOP size for this output. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior, choose Auto and and leave GOP size blank. By default, if you don't specify GOP mode control, MediaConvert will use automatic behavior. If your output group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, set GOP mode control to Auto and leave GOP size blank in each output in your output group. To explicitly specify the GOP length, choose Specified, frames or Specified, seconds and then provide the GOP length in the related setting GOP size.
2500
2503
  */
2501
2504
  GopSizeUnits?: H264GopSizeUnits;
2502
2505
  /**
@@ -2512,7 +2515,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2512
2515
  */
2513
2516
  HrdBufferSize?: __integerMin0Max1152000000;
2514
2517
  /**
2515
- * Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use Top field first (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom field first (BOTTOM_FIELD) to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, default bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
2518
+ * Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow, default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
2516
2519
  */
2517
2520
  InterlaceMode?: H264InterlaceMode;
2518
2521
  /**
@@ -2520,7 +2523,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2520
2523
  */
2521
2524
  MaxBitrate?: __integerMin1000Max1152000000;
2522
2525
  /**
2523
- * Use this setting only when you also enable Scene change detection (SceneChangeDetect). This setting determines how the encoder manages the spacing between I-frames that it inserts as part of the I-frame cadence and the I-frames that it inserts for Scene change detection. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior, keep the default value by leaving this setting out of your JSON job specification. In the console, do this by keeping the default empty value. When you explicitly specify a value for this setting, the encoder determines whether to skip a cadence-driven I-frame by the value you set. For example, if you set Min I interval (minIInterval) to 5 and a cadence-driven I-frame would fall within 5 frames of a scene-change I-frame, then the encoder skips the cadence-driven I-frame. In this way, one GOP is shrunk slightly and one GOP is stretched slightly. When the cadence-driven I-frames are farther from the scene-change I-frame than the value you set, then the encoder leaves all I-frames in place and the GOPs surrounding the scene change are smaller than the usual cadence GOPs.
2526
+ * Use this setting only when you also enable Scene change detection. This setting determines how the encoder manages the spacing between I-frames that it inserts as part of the I-frame cadence and the I-frames that it inserts for Scene change detection. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior, do this by keeping the default empty value. When you explicitly specify a value for this setting, the encoder determines whether to skip a cadence-driven I-frame by the value you set. For example, if you set Min I interval to 5 and a cadence-driven I-frame would fall within 5 frames of a scene-change I-frame, then the encoder skips the cadence-driven I-frame. In this way, one GOP is shrunk slightly and one GOP is stretched slightly. When the cadence-driven I-frames are farther from the scene-change I-frame than the value you set, then the encoder leaves all I-frames in place and the GOPs surrounding the scene change are smaller than the usual cadence GOPs.
2524
2527
  */
2525
2528
  MinIInterval?: __integerMin0Max30;
2526
2529
  /**
@@ -2532,15 +2535,15 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2532
2535
  */
2533
2536
  NumberReferenceFrames?: __integerMin1Max6;
2534
2537
  /**
2535
- * Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
2538
+ * Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose any value other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
2536
2539
  */
2537
2540
  ParControl?: H264ParControl;
2538
2541
  /**
2539
- * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
2542
+ * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
2540
2543
  */
2541
2544
  ParDenominator?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
2542
2545
  /**
2543
- * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
2546
+ * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
2544
2547
  */
2545
2548
  ParNumerator?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
2546
2549
  /**
@@ -2548,7 +2551,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2548
2551
  */
2549
2552
  QualityTuningLevel?: H264QualityTuningLevel;
2550
2553
  /**
2551
- * Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec. Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode (RateControlMode).
2554
+ * Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec. Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode.
2552
2555
  */
2553
2556
  QvbrSettings?: H264QvbrSettings;
2554
2557
  /**
@@ -2560,11 +2563,11 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2560
2563
  */
2561
2564
  RepeatPps?: H264RepeatPps;
2562
2565
  /**
2563
- * Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing (INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE) to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing (INTERLACED), for all other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine (telecine) to None (NONE) or Soft (SOFT). You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode (interlaceMode) to a value other than Progressive (PROGRESSIVE).
2566
+ * Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
2564
2567
  */
2565
2568
  ScanTypeConversionMode?: H264ScanTypeConversionMode;
2566
2569
  /**
2567
- * Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. If this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection (TRANSITION_DETECTION) for further video quality improvement. For more information about QVBR, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.
2570
+ * Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. If this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection for further video quality improvement. For more information about QVBR, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.
2568
2571
  */
2569
2572
  SceneChangeDetect?: H264SceneChangeDetect;
2570
2573
  /**
@@ -2572,15 +2575,15 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2572
2575
  */
2573
2576
  Slices?: __integerMin1Max32;
2574
2577
  /**
2575
- * Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set Framerate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
2578
+ * Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set Framerate to 25.
2576
2579
  */
2577
2580
  SlowPal?: H264SlowPal;
2578
2581
  /**
2579
- * Ignore this setting unless you need to comply with a specification that requires a specific value. If you don't have a specification requirement, we recommend that you adjust the softness of your output by using a lower value for the setting Sharpness (sharpness) or by enabling a noise reducer filter (noiseReducerFilter). The Softness (softness) setting specifies the quantization matrices that the encoder uses. Keep the default value, 0, for flat quantization. Choose the value 1 or 16 to use the default JVT softening quantization matricies from the H.264 specification. Choose a value from 17 to 128 to use planar interpolation. Increasing values from 17 to 128 result in increasing reduction of high-frequency data. The value 128 results in the softest video.
2582
+ * Ignore this setting unless you need to comply with a specification that requires a specific value. If you don't have a specification requirement, we recommend that you adjust the softness of your output by using a lower value for the setting Sharpness or by enabling a noise reducer filter. The Softness setting specifies the quantization matrices that the encoder uses. Keep the default value, 0, for flat quantization. Choose the value 1 or 16 to use the default JVT softening quantization matricies from the H.264 specification. Choose a value from 17 to 128 to use planar interpolation. Increasing values from 17 to 128 result in increasing reduction of high-frequency data. The value 128 results in the softest video.
2580
2583
  */
2581
2584
  Softness?: __integerMin0Max128;
2582
2585
  /**
2583
- * Only use this setting when you change the default value, Auto (AUTO), for the setting H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding H264AdaptiveQuantization and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job specification, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content. When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other than AUTO, the default value for H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization is Enabled (ENABLED). Keep this default value to adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to set H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization to Disabled (DISABLED). Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the value for Adaptive quantization (H264AdaptiveQuantization) depending on your content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher. To manually enable or disable H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive quantization (H264AdaptiveQuantization) to a value other than AUTO.
2586
+ * Only use this setting when you change the default value, Auto, for the setting H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding H264AdaptiveQuantization and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job specification, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content. When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other than AUTO, the default value for H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization is Enabled. Keep this default value to adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to set H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization to Disabled. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the value for Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher. To manually enable or disable H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive quantization to a value other than AUTO.
2584
2587
  */
2585
2588
  SpatialAdaptiveQuantization?: H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization;
2586
2589
  /**
@@ -2588,11 +2591,11 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2588
2591
  */
2589
2592
  Syntax?: H264Syntax;
2590
2593
  /**
2591
- * When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard or soft telecine to create a smoother picture. Hard telecine (HARD) produces a 29.97i output. Soft telecine (SOFT) produces an output with a 23.976 output that signals to the video player device to do the conversion during play back. When you keep the default value, None (NONE), MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
2594
+ * When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard or soft telecine to create a smoother picture. Hard telecine produces a 29.97i output. Soft telecine produces an output with a 23.976 output that signals to the video player device to do the conversion during play back. When you keep the default value, None, MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
2592
2595
  */
2593
2596
  Telecine?: H264Telecine;
2594
2597
  /**
2595
- * Only use this setting when you change the default value, AUTO, for the setting H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding H264AdaptiveQuantization and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job specification, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content. When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other than AUTO, the default value for H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization is Enabled (ENABLED). Keep this default value to adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example, this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to set H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization to Disabled (DISABLED). Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization, adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization). To manually enable or disable H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive quantization (H264AdaptiveQuantization) to a value other than AUTO.
2598
+ * Only use this setting when you change the default value, AUTO, for the setting H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding H264AdaptiveQuantization and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job specification, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content. When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other than AUTO, the default value for H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization is Enabled. Keep this default value to adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example, this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to set H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization to Disabled. Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization, adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization. To manually enable or disable H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive quantization to a value other than AUTO.
2596
2599
  */
2597
2600
  TemporalAdaptiveQuantization?: H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization;
2598
2601
  /**
@@ -2625,7 +2628,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2625
2628
  */
2626
2629
  MaxAverageBitrate?: __integerMin1000Max1466400000;
2627
2630
  /**
2628
- * Use this setting only when you set Rate control mode (RateControlMode) to QVBR. Specify the target quality level for this output. MediaConvert determines the right number of bits to use for each part of the video to maintain the video quality that you specify. When you keep the default value, AUTO, MediaConvert picks a quality level for you, based on characteristics of your input video. If you prefer to specify a quality level, specify a number from 1 through 10. Use higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10 results in nearly lossless compression. The quality level for most broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and 9. Optionally, to specify a value between whole numbers, also provide a value for the setting qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
2631
+ * Use this setting only when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Specify the target quality level for this output. MediaConvert determines the right number of bits to use for each part of the video to maintain the video quality that you specify. When you keep the default value, AUTO, MediaConvert picks a quality level for you, based on characteristics of your input video. If you prefer to specify a quality level, specify a number from 1 through 10. Use higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10 results in nearly lossless compression. The quality level for most broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and 9. Optionally, to specify a value between whole numbers, also provide a value for the setting qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
2629
2632
  */
2630
2633
  QvbrQualityLevel?: __integerMin1Max10;
2631
2634
  /**
@@ -2639,7 +2642,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2639
2642
  export type H265SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|"TRANSITION_DETECTION"|string;
2640
2643
  export interface H265Settings {
2641
2644
  /**
2642
- * When you set Adaptive Quantization (H265AdaptiveQuantization) to Auto (AUTO), or leave blank, MediaConvert automatically applies quantization to improve the video quality of your output. Set Adaptive Quantization to Low (LOW), Medium (MEDIUM), High (HIGH), Higher (HIGHER), or Max (MAX) to manually control the strength of the quantization filter. When you do, you can specify a value for Spatial Adaptive Quantization (H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization), Temporal Adaptive Quantization (H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization), and Flicker Adaptive Quantization (H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization), to further control the quantization filter. Set Adaptive Quantization to Off (OFF) to apply no quantization to your output.
2645
+ * When you set Adaptive Quantization to Auto, or leave blank, MediaConvert automatically applies quantization to improve the video quality of your output. Set Adaptive Quantization to Low, Medium, High, Higher, or Max to manually control the strength of the quantization filter. When you do, you can specify a value for Spatial Adaptive Quantization, Temporal Adaptive Quantization, and Flicker Adaptive Quantization, to further control the quantization filter. Set Adaptive Quantization to Off to apply no quantization to your output.
2643
2646
  */
2644
2647
  AdaptiveQuantization?: H265AdaptiveQuantization;
2645
2648
  /**
@@ -2667,11 +2670,11 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2667
2670
  */
2668
2671
  DynamicSubGop?: H265DynamicSubGop;
2669
2672
  /**
2670
- * Enable this setting to have the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. This setting is disabled by default. Related setting: In addition to enabling this setting, you must also set adaptiveQuantization to a value other than Off (OFF).
2673
+ * Enable this setting to have the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. This setting is disabled by default. Related setting: In addition to enabling this setting, you must also set adaptiveQuantization to a value other than Off.
2671
2674
  */
2672
2675
  FlickerAdaptiveQuantization?: H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization;
2673
2676
  /**
2674
- * If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
2677
+ * Use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
2675
2678
  */
2676
2679
  FramerateControl?: H265FramerateControl;
2677
2680
  /**
@@ -2691,15 +2694,15 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2691
2694
  */
2692
2695
  GopBReference?: H265GopBReference;
2693
2696
  /**
2694
- * Specify the relative frequency of open to closed GOPs in this output. For example, if you want to allow four open GOPs and then require a closed GOP, set this value to 5. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior, keep the default value by leaving this setting out of your JSON job specification. In the console, do this by keeping the default empty value. If you do explicitly specify a value, for segmented outputs, don't set this value to 0.
2697
+ * Specify the relative frequency of open to closed GOPs in this output. For example, if you want to allow four open GOPs and then require a closed GOP, set this value to 5. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior, do this by keeping the default empty value. If you do explicitly specify a value, for segmented outputs, don't set this value to 0.
2695
2698
  */
2696
2699
  GopClosedCadence?: __integerMin0Max2147483647;
2697
2700
  /**
2698
- * Use this setting only when you set GOP mode control (GopSizeUnits) to Specified, frames (FRAMES) or Specified, seconds (SECONDS). Specify the GOP length using a whole number of frames or a decimal value of seconds. MediaConvert will interpret this value as frames or seconds depending on the value you choose for GOP mode control (GopSizeUnits). If you want to allow MediaConvert to automatically determine GOP size, leave GOP size blank and set GOP mode control to Auto (AUTO). If your output group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, leave GOP size blank and set GOP mode control to Auto in each output in your output group.
2701
+ * Use this setting only when you set GOP mode control to Specified, frames or Specified, seconds. Specify the GOP length using a whole number of frames or a decimal value of seconds. MediaConvert will interpret this value as frames or seconds depending on the value you choose for GOP mode control. If you want to allow MediaConvert to automatically determine GOP size, leave GOP size blank and set GOP mode control to Auto. If your output group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, leave GOP size blank and set GOP mode control to Auto in each output in your output group.
2699
2702
  */
2700
2703
  GopSize?: __doubleMin0;
2701
2704
  /**
2702
- * Specify how the transcoder determines GOP size for this output. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior, choose Auto (AUTO) and and leave GOP size (GopSize) blank. By default, if you don't specify GOP mode control (GopSizeUnits), MediaConvert will use automatic behavior. If your output group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, set GOP mode control to Auto and leave GOP size blank in each output in your output group. To explicitly specify the GOP length, choose Specified, frames (FRAMES) or Specified, seconds (SECONDS) and then provide the GOP length in the related setting GOP size (GopSize).
2705
+ * Specify how the transcoder determines GOP size for this output. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior, choose Auto and and leave GOP size blank. By default, if you don't specify GOP mode control, MediaConvert will use automatic behavior. If your output group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, set GOP mode control to Auto and leave GOP size blank in each output in your output group. To explicitly specify the GOP length, choose Specified, frames or Specified, seconds and then provide the GOP length in the related setting GOP size.
2703
2706
  */
2704
2707
  GopSizeUnits?: H265GopSizeUnits;
2705
2708
  /**
@@ -2715,7 +2718,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2715
2718
  */
2716
2719
  HrdBufferSize?: __integerMin0Max1466400000;
2717
2720
  /**
2718
- * Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use Top field first (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom field first (BOTTOM_FIELD) to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, default bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
2721
+ * Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow, default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
2719
2722
  */
2720
2723
  InterlaceMode?: H265InterlaceMode;
2721
2724
  /**
@@ -2723,7 +2726,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2723
2726
  */
2724
2727
  MaxBitrate?: __integerMin1000Max1466400000;
2725
2728
  /**
2726
- * Use this setting only when you also enable Scene change detection (SceneChangeDetect). This setting determines how the encoder manages the spacing between I-frames that it inserts as part of the I-frame cadence and the I-frames that it inserts for Scene change detection. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior, keep the default value by leaving this setting out of your JSON job specification. In the console, do this by keeping the default empty value. When you explicitly specify a value for this setting, the encoder determines whether to skip a cadence-driven I-frame by the value you set. For example, if you set Min I interval (minIInterval) to 5 and a cadence-driven I-frame would fall within 5 frames of a scene-change I-frame, then the encoder skips the cadence-driven I-frame. In this way, one GOP is shrunk slightly and one GOP is stretched slightly. When the cadence-driven I-frames are farther from the scene-change I-frame than the value you set, then the encoder leaves all I-frames in place and the GOPs surrounding the scene change are smaller than the usual cadence GOPs.
2729
+ * Use this setting only when you also enable Scene change detection. This setting determines how the encoder manages the spacing between I-frames that it inserts as part of the I-frame cadence and the I-frames that it inserts for Scene change detection. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior, do this by keeping the default empty value. When you explicitly specify a value for this setting, the encoder determines whether to skip a cadence-driven I-frame by the value you set. For example, if you set Min I interval to 5 and a cadence-driven I-frame would fall within 5 frames of a scene-change I-frame, then the encoder skips the cadence-driven I-frame. In this way, one GOP is shrunk slightly and one GOP is stretched slightly. When the cadence-driven I-frames are farther from the scene-change I-frame than the value you set, then the encoder leaves all I-frames in place and the GOPs surrounding the scene change are smaller than the usual cadence GOPs.
2727
2730
  */
2728
2731
  MinIInterval?: __integerMin0Max30;
2729
2732
  /**
@@ -2735,23 +2738,23 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2735
2738
  */
2736
2739
  NumberReferenceFrames?: __integerMin1Max6;
2737
2740
  /**
2738
- * Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
2741
+ * Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR, choose any value other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
2739
2742
  */
2740
2743
  ParControl?: H265ParControl;
2741
2744
  /**
2742
- * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
2745
+ * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
2743
2746
  */
2744
2747
  ParDenominator?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
2745
2748
  /**
2746
- * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
2749
+ * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
2747
2750
  */
2748
2751
  ParNumerator?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
2749
2752
  /**
2750
- * Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding.
2753
+ * Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding.
2751
2754
  */
2752
2755
  QualityTuningLevel?: H265QualityTuningLevel;
2753
2756
  /**
2754
- * Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec. Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode (RateControlMode).
2757
+ * Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec. Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode.
2755
2758
  */
2756
2759
  QvbrSettings?: H265QvbrSettings;
2757
2760
  /**
@@ -2763,11 +2766,11 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2763
2766
  */
2764
2767
  SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode?: H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode;
2765
2768
  /**
2766
- * Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing (INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE) to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing (INTERLACED), for all other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine (telecine) to None (NONE) or Soft (SOFT). You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode (interlaceMode) to a value other than Progressive (PROGRESSIVE).
2769
+ * Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
2767
2770
  */
2768
2771
  ScanTypeConversionMode?: H265ScanTypeConversionMode;
2769
2772
  /**
2770
- * Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. If this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection (TRANSITION_DETECTION) for further video quality improvement. For more information about QVBR, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.
2773
+ * Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. If this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection for further video quality improvement. For more information about QVBR, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.
2771
2774
  */
2772
2775
  SceneChangeDetect?: H265SceneChangeDetect;
2773
2776
  /**
@@ -2775,19 +2778,19 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2775
2778
  */
2776
2779
  Slices?: __integerMin1Max32;
2777
2780
  /**
2778
- * Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set Framerate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
2781
+ * Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set Framerate to 25.
2779
2782
  */
2780
2783
  SlowPal?: H265SlowPal;
2781
2784
  /**
2782
- * Keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the value for Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization) depending on your content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
2785
+ * Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the value for Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
2783
2786
  */
2784
2787
  SpatialAdaptiveQuantization?: H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization;
2785
2788
  /**
2786
- * This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output to 29.97i.
2789
+ * This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors > Deinterlacer field and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced Mode field to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output to 29.97i.
2787
2790
  */
2788
2791
  Telecine?: H265Telecine;
2789
2792
  /**
2790
- * Keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example, this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization, adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization).
2793
+ * Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example, this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization, adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization.
2791
2794
  */
2792
2795
  TemporalAdaptiveQuantization?: H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization;
2793
2796
  /**
@@ -2955,7 +2958,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2955
2958
  */
2956
2959
  AdditionalManifests?: __listOfHlsAdditionalManifest;
2957
2960
  /**
2958
- * Ignore this setting unless you are using FairPlay DRM with Verimatrix and you encounter playback issues. Keep the default value, Include (INCLUDE), to output audio-only headers. Choose Exclude (EXCLUDE) to remove the audio-only headers from your audio segments.
2961
+ * Ignore this setting unless you are using FairPlay DRM with Verimatrix and you encounter playback issues. Keep the default value, Include, to output audio-only headers. Choose Exclude to remove the audio-only headers from your audio segments.
2959
2962
  */
2960
2963
  AudioOnlyHeader?: HlsAudioOnlyHeader;
2961
2964
  /**
@@ -2971,11 +2974,11 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2971
2974
  */
2972
2975
  CaptionLanguageSetting?: HlsCaptionLanguageSetting;
2973
2976
  /**
2974
- * Set Caption segment length control (CaptionSegmentLengthControl) to Match video (MATCH_VIDEO) to create caption segments that align with the video segments from the first video output in this output group. For example, if the video segments are 2 seconds long, your WebVTT segments will also be 2 seconds long. Keep the default setting, Large segments (LARGE_SEGMENTS) to create caption segments that are 300 seconds long.
2977
+ * Set Caption segment length control to Match video to create caption segments that align with the video segments from the first video output in this output group. For example, if the video segments are 2 seconds long, your WebVTT segments will also be 2 seconds long. Keep the default setting, Large segments to create caption segments that are 300 seconds long.
2975
2978
  */
2976
2979
  CaptionSegmentLengthControl?: HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl;
2977
2980
  /**
2978
- * Disable this setting only when your workflow requires the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag. Otherwise, keep the default value Enabled (ENABLED) and control caching in your video distribution set up. For example, use the Cache-Control http header.
2981
+ * Disable this setting only when your workflow requires the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag. Otherwise, keep the default value Enabled and control caching in your video distribution set up. For example, use the Cache-Control http header.
2979
2982
  */
2980
2983
  ClientCache?: HlsClientCache;
2981
2984
  /**
@@ -2983,7 +2986,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2983
2986
  */
2984
2987
  CodecSpecification?: HlsCodecSpecification;
2985
2988
  /**
2986
- * Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first input file.
2989
+ * Use Destination to specify the S3 output location and the output filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first input file.
2987
2990
  */
2988
2991
  Destination?: __stringPatternS3;
2989
2992
  /**
@@ -2999,7 +3002,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
2999
3002
  */
3000
3003
  Encryption?: HlsEncryptionSettings;
3001
3004
  /**
3002
- * Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default value, None (NONE), to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail (THUMBNAIL) to generate tiled thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame (THUMBNAIL_AND_FULLFRAME) to generate tiled thumbnails and full-resolution images of single frames. MediaConvert creates a child manifest for each set of images that you generate and adds corresponding entries to the parent manifest. A common application for these images is Roku trick mode. The thumbnails and full-frame images that MediaConvert creates with this feature are compatible with this Roku specification: https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
3005
+ * Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default value, None, to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail to generate tiled thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame to generate tiled thumbnails and full-resolution images of single frames. MediaConvert creates a child manifest for each set of images that you generate and adds corresponding entries to the parent manifest. A common application for these images is Roku trick mode. The thumbnails and full-frame images that MediaConvert creates with this feature are compatible with this Roku specification: https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
3003
3006
  */
3004
3007
  ImageBasedTrickPlay?: HlsImageBasedTrickPlay;
3005
3008
  /**
@@ -3043,15 +3046,15 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3043
3046
  */
3044
3047
  SegmentControl?: HlsSegmentControl;
3045
3048
  /**
3046
- * Specify the length, in whole seconds, of each segment. When you don't specify a value, MediaConvert defaults to 10. Related settings: Use Segment length control (SegmentLengthControl) to specify whether the encoder enforces this value strictly. Use Segment control (HlsSegmentControl) to specify whether MediaConvert creates separate segment files or one content file that has metadata to mark the segment boundaries.
3049
+ * Specify the length, in whole seconds, of each segment. When you don't specify a value, MediaConvert defaults to 10. Related settings: Use Segment length control to specify whether the encoder enforces this value strictly. Use Segment control to specify whether MediaConvert creates separate segment files or one content file that has metadata to mark the segment boundaries.
3047
3050
  */
3048
3051
  SegmentLength?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
3049
3052
  /**
3050
- * Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose Exact (EXACT) to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the setting Segment length (SegmentLength). This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple of GOP (GOP_MULTIPLE) to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
3053
+ * Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose Exact to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the setting Segment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple of GOP to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
3051
3054
  */
3052
3055
  SegmentLengthControl?: HlsSegmentLengthControl;
3053
3056
  /**
3054
- * Specify the number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one. You must also set Directory structure to Subdirectory per stream for this setting to have an effect.
3057
+ * Specify the number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one. You must also set Directory structure to Subdirectory per stream for this setting to have an effect.
3055
3058
  */
3056
3059
  SegmentsPerSubdirectory?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
3057
3060
  /**
@@ -3063,11 +3066,11 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3063
3066
  */
3064
3067
  TargetDurationCompatibilityMode?: HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode;
3065
3068
  /**
3066
- * Specify the type of the ID3 frame (timedMetadataId3Frame) to use for ID3 timestamps (timedMetadataId3Period) in your output. To include ID3 timestamps: Specify PRIV (PRIV) or TDRL (TDRL) and set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH). To exclude ID3 timestamps: Set ID3 timestamp frame type to None (NONE).
3069
+ * Specify the type of the ID3 frame to use for ID3 timestamps in your output. To include ID3 timestamps: Specify PRIV or TDRL and set ID3 metadata to Passthrough. To exclude ID3 timestamps: Set ID3 timestamp frame type to None.
3067
3070
  */
3068
3071
  TimedMetadataId3Frame?: HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame;
3069
3072
  /**
3070
- * Specify the interval in seconds to write ID3 timestamps in your output. The first timestamp starts at the output timecode and date, and increases incrementally with each ID3 timestamp. To use the default interval of 10 seconds: Leave blank. To include this metadata in your output: Set ID3 timestamp frame type (timedMetadataId3Frame) to PRIV (PRIV) or TDRL (TDRL), and set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH).
3073
+ * Specify the interval in seconds to write ID3 timestamps in your output. The first timestamp starts at the output timecode and date, and increases incrementally with each ID3 timestamp. To use the default interval of 10 seconds: Leave blank. To include this metadata in your output: Set ID3 timestamp frame type to PRIV or TDRL, and set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
3071
3074
  */
3072
3075
  TimedMetadataId3Period?: __integerMinNegative2147483648Max2147483647;
3073
3076
  /**
@@ -3134,7 +3137,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3134
3137
  */
3135
3138
  AudioGroupId?: __string;
3136
3139
  /**
3137
- * Use this setting only in audio-only outputs. Choose MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS) to create a file in an MPEG2-TS container. Keep the default value Automatic (AUTOMATIC) to create an audio-only file in a raw container. Regardless of the value that you specify here, if this output has video, the service will place the output into an MPEG2-TS container.
3140
+ * Use this setting only in audio-only outputs. Choose MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS) to create a file in an MPEG2-TS container. Keep the default value Automatic to create an audio-only file in a raw container. Regardless of the value that you specify here, if this output has video, the service will place the output into an MPEG2-TS container.
3138
3141
  */
3139
3142
  AudioOnlyContainer?: HlsAudioOnlyContainer;
3140
3143
  /**
@@ -3146,11 +3149,11 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3146
3149
  */
3147
3150
  AudioTrackType?: HlsAudioTrackType;
3148
3151
  /**
3149
- * Specify whether to flag this audio track as descriptive video service (DVS) in your HLS parent manifest. When you choose Flag (FLAG), MediaConvert includes the parameter CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-video" in the EXT-X-MEDIA entry for this track. When you keep the default choice, Don't flag (DONT_FLAG), MediaConvert leaves this parameter out. The DVS flag can help with accessibility on Apple devices. For more information, see the Apple documentation.
3152
+ * Specify whether to flag this audio track as descriptive video service (DVS) in your HLS parent manifest. When you choose Flag, MediaConvert includes the parameter CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-video" in the EXT-X-MEDIA entry for this track. When you keep the default choice, Don't flag, MediaConvert leaves this parameter out. The DVS flag can help with accessibility on Apple devices. For more information, see the Apple documentation.
3150
3153
  */
3151
3154
  DescriptiveVideoServiceFlag?: HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag;
3152
3155
  /**
3153
- * Choose Include (INCLUDE) to have MediaConvert generate a child manifest that lists only the I-frames for this rendition, in addition to your regular manifest for this rendition. You might use this manifest as part of a workflow that creates preview functions for your video. MediaConvert adds both the I-frame only child manifest and the regular child manifest to the parent manifest. When you don't need the I-frame only child manifest, keep the default value Exclude (EXCLUDE).
3156
+ * Choose Include to have MediaConvert generate a child manifest that lists only the I-frames for this rendition, in addition to your regular manifest for this rendition. You might use this manifest as part of a workflow that creates preview functions for your video. MediaConvert adds both the I-frame only child manifest and the regular child manifest to the parent manifest. When you don't need the I-frame only child manifest, keep the default value Exclude.
3154
3157
  */
3155
3158
  IFrameOnlyManifest?: HlsIFrameOnlyManifest;
3156
3159
  /**
@@ -3177,11 +3180,11 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3177
3180
  }
3178
3181
  export interface Id3Insertion {
3179
3182
  /**
3180
- * Use ID3 tag (Id3) to provide a fully formed ID3 tag in base64-encode format.
3183
+ * Use ID3 tag to provide a fully formed ID3 tag in base64-encode format.
3181
3184
  */
3182
3185
  Id3?: __stringPatternAZaZ0902;
3183
3186
  /**
3184
- * Provide a Timecode (TimeCode) in HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF format.
3187
+ * Provide a Timecode in HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF format.
3185
3188
  */
3186
3189
  Timecode?: __stringPattern010920405090509092;
3187
3190
  }
@@ -3217,11 +3220,11 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3217
3220
  */
3218
3221
  AdvancedInputFilterSettings?: AdvancedInputFilterSettings;
3219
3222
  /**
3220
- * Use audio selector groups to combine multiple sidecar audio inputs so that you can assign them to a single output audio tab (AudioDescription). Note that, if you're working with embedded audio, it's simpler to assign multiple input tracks into a single audio selector rather than use an audio selector group.
3223
+ * Use audio selector groups to combine multiple sidecar audio inputs so that you can assign them to a single output audio tab. Note that, if you're working with embedded audio, it's simpler to assign multiple input tracks into a single audio selector rather than use an audio selector group.
3221
3224
  */
3222
3225
  AudioSelectorGroups?: __mapOfAudioSelectorGroup;
3223
3226
  /**
3224
- * Use Audio selectors (AudioSelectors) to specify a track or set of tracks from the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use multiple Audio selectors per input.
3227
+ * Use Audio selectors to specify a track or set of tracks from the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use multiple Audio selectors per input.
3225
3228
  */
3226
3229
  AudioSelectors?: __mapOfAudioSelector;
3227
3230
  /**
@@ -3229,11 +3232,11 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3229
3232
  */
3230
3233
  CaptionSelectors?: __mapOfCaptionSelector;
3231
3234
  /**
3232
- * Use Cropping selection (crop) to specify the video area that the service will include in the output video frame. If you specify a value here, it will override any value that you specify in the output setting Cropping selection (crop).
3235
+ * Use Cropping selection to specify the video area that the service will include in the output video frame. If you specify a value here, it will override any value that you specify in the output setting Cropping selection.
3233
3236
  */
3234
3237
  Crop?: Rectangle;
3235
3238
  /**
3236
- * Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output. Default is disabled. Only manually controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video inputs.
3239
+ * Enable Deblock to produce smoother motion in the output. Default is disabled. Only manually controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video inputs.
3237
3240
  */
3238
3241
  DeblockFilter?: InputDeblockFilter;
3239
3242
  /**
@@ -3241,7 +3244,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3241
3244
  */
3242
3245
  DecryptionSettings?: InputDecryptionSettings;
3243
3246
  /**
3244
- * Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default is disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs.
3247
+ * Enable Denoise to filter noise from the input. Default is disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs.
3245
3248
  */
3246
3249
  DenoiseFilter?: InputDenoiseFilter;
3247
3250
  /**
@@ -3249,7 +3252,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3249
3252
  */
3250
3253
  DolbyVisionMetadataXml?: __stringMin14PatternS3XmlXMLHttpsXmlXML;
3251
3254
  /**
3252
- * Specify the source file for your transcoding job. You can use multiple inputs in a single job. The service concatenates these inputs, in the order that you specify them in the job, to create the outputs. If your input format is IMF, specify your input by providing the path to your CPL. For example, "s3://bucket/vf/cpl.xml". If the CPL is in an incomplete IMP, make sure to use *Supplemental IMPs* (SupplementalImps) to specify any supplemental IMPs that contain assets referenced by the CPL.
3255
+ * Specify the source file for your transcoding job. You can use multiple inputs in a single job. The service concatenates these inputs, in the order that you specify them in the job, to create the outputs. If your input format is IMF, specify your input by providing the path to your CPL. For example, "s3://bucket/vf/cpl.xml". If the CPL is in an incomplete IMP, make sure to use *Supplemental IMPs* to specify any supplemental IMPs that contain assets referenced by the CPL.
3253
3256
  */
3254
3257
  FileInput?: __stringPatternS3Https;
3255
3258
  /**
@@ -3265,23 +3268,25 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3265
3268
  */
3266
3269
  ImageInserter?: ImageInserter;
3267
3270
  /**
3268
- * (InputClippings) contains sets of start and end times that together specify a portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When you specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the job outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them.
3271
+ * Contains sets of start and end times that together specify a portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When you specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the job outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them.
3269
3272
  */
3270
3273
  InputClippings?: __listOfInputClipping;
3271
3274
  /**
3272
- * When you have a progressive segmented frame (PsF) input, use this setting to flag the input as PsF. MediaConvert doesn't automatically detect PsF. Therefore, flagging your input as PsF results in better preservation of video quality when you do deinterlacing and frame rate conversion. If you don't specify, the default value is Auto (AUTO). Auto is the correct setting for all inputs that are not PsF. Don't set this value to PsF when your input is interlaced. Doing so creates horizontal interlacing artifacts.
3275
+ * When you have a progressive segmented frame (PsF) input, use this setting to flag the input as PsF. MediaConvert doesn't automatically detect PsF. Therefore, flagging your input as PsF results in better preservation of video quality when you do deinterlacing and frame rate conversion. If you don't specify, the default value is Auto. Auto is the correct setting for all inputs that are not PsF. Don't set this value to PsF when your input is interlaced. Doing so creates horizontal interlacing artifacts.
3273
3276
  */
3274
3277
  InputScanType?: InputScanType;
3275
3278
  /**
3276
- * Use Selection placement (position) to define the video area in your output frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black. If you specify a value here, it will override any value that you specify in the output setting Selection placement (position). If you specify a value here, this will override any AFD values in your input, even if you set Respond to AFD (RespondToAfd) to Respond (RESPOND). If you specify a value here, this will ignore anything that you specify for the setting Scaling Behavior (scalingBehavior).
3279
+ * Use Selection placement to define the video area in your output frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black. If you specify a value here, it will override any value that you specify in the output setting Selection placement. If you specify a value here, this will override any AFD values in your input, even if you set Respond to AFD to Respond. If you specify a value here, this will ignore anything that you specify for the setting Scaling Behavior.
3277
3280
  */
3278
3281
  Position?: Rectangle;
3279
3282
  /**
3280
- * Use Program (programNumber) to select a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. Default is the first program within the transport stream. If the program you specify doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default.
3283
+ * Use Program to select a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. Default is the first program within the transport stream. If the program you specify doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default.
3281
3284
  */
3282
3285
  ProgramNumber?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
3283
3286
  /**
3284
- * Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify which data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data.
3287
+ * Set PSI control for transport stream inputs to specify which data the demux process to scans.
3288
+ * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and video.
3289
+ * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data.
3285
3290
  */
3286
3291
  PsiControl?: InputPsiControl;
3287
3292
  /**
@@ -3289,11 +3294,11 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3289
3294
  */
3290
3295
  SupplementalImps?: __listOf__stringPatternS3ASSETMAPXml;
3291
3296
  /**
3292
- * Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings (InputTimecodeSource), to specify how the service counts input video frames. This input frame count affects only the behavior of features that apply to a single input at a time, such as input clipping and synchronizing some captions formats. Choose Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecodes in your input video. Choose Start at zero (ZEROBASED) to start the first frame at zero. Choose Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART) to start the first frame at the timecode that you specify in the setting Start timecode (timecodeStart). If you don't specify a value for Timecode source, the service will use Embedded by default. For more information about timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
3297
+ * Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings, to specify how the service counts input video frames. This input frame count affects only the behavior of features that apply to a single input at a time, such as input clipping and synchronizing some captions formats. Choose Embedded to use the timecodes in your input video. Choose Start at zero to start the first frame at zero. Choose Specified start to start the first frame at the timecode that you specify in the setting Start timecode. If you don't specify a value for Timecode source, the service will use Embedded by default. For more information about timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
3293
3298
  */
3294
3299
  TimecodeSource?: InputTimecodeSource;
3295
3300
  /**
3296
- * Specify the timecode that you want the service to use for this input's initial frame. To use this setting, you must set the Timecode source setting, located under the input settings (InputTimecodeSource), to Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART). For more information about timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
3301
+ * Specify the timecode that you want the service to use for this input's initial frame. To use this setting, you must set the Timecode source setting, located under the input settings, to Specified start. For more information about timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
3297
3302
  */
3298
3303
  TimecodeStart?: __stringMin11Max11Pattern01D20305D205D;
3299
3304
  /**
@@ -3307,11 +3312,11 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3307
3312
  }
3308
3313
  export interface InputClipping {
3309
3314
  /**
3310
- * Set End timecode (EndTimecode) to the end of the portion of the input you are clipping. The frame corresponding to the End timecode value is included in the clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not both. Use the format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the minute, SS is the second, and FF is the frame number. When choosing this value, take into account your setting for timecode source under input settings (InputTimecodeSource). For example, if you have embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 and you want your clip to end six minutes into the video, use 01:06:00:00.
3315
+ * Set End timecode to the end of the portion of the input you are clipping. The frame corresponding to the End timecode value is included in the clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not both. Use the format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the minute, SS is the second, and FF is the frame number. When choosing this value, take into account your setting for timecode source under input settings. For example, if you have embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 and you want your clip to end six minutes into the video, use 01:06:00:00.
3311
3316
  */
3312
3317
  EndTimecode?: __stringPattern010920405090509092;
3313
3318
  /**
3314
- * Set Start timecode (StartTimecode) to the beginning of the portion of the input you are clipping. The frame corresponding to the Start timecode value is included in the clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not both. Use the format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the minute, SS is the second, and FF is the frame number. When choosing this value, take into account your setting for Input timecode source. For example, if you have embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 and you want your clip to begin five minutes into the video, use 01:05:00:00.
3319
+ * Set Start timecode to the beginning of the portion of the input you are clipping. The frame corresponding to the Start timecode value is included in the clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not both. Use the format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the minute, SS is the second, and FF is the frame number. When choosing this value, take into account your setting for Input timecode source. For example, if you have embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 and you want your clip to begin five minutes into the video, use 01:05:00:00.
3315
3320
  */
3316
3321
  StartTimecode?: __stringPattern010920405090509092;
3317
3322
  }
@@ -3351,11 +3356,11 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3351
3356
  */
3352
3357
  AdvancedInputFilterSettings?: AdvancedInputFilterSettings;
3353
3358
  /**
3354
- * Use audio selector groups to combine multiple sidecar audio inputs so that you can assign them to a single output audio tab (AudioDescription). Note that, if you're working with embedded audio, it's simpler to assign multiple input tracks into a single audio selector rather than use an audio selector group.
3359
+ * Use audio selector groups to combine multiple sidecar audio inputs so that you can assign them to a single output audio tab. Note that, if you're working with embedded audio, it's simpler to assign multiple input tracks into a single audio selector rather than use an audio selector group.
3355
3360
  */
3356
3361
  AudioSelectorGroups?: __mapOfAudioSelectorGroup;
3357
3362
  /**
3358
- * Use Audio selectors (AudioSelectors) to specify a track or set of tracks from the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use multiple Audio selectors per input.
3363
+ * Use Audio selectors to specify a track or set of tracks from the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use multiple Audio selectors per input.
3359
3364
  */
3360
3365
  AudioSelectors?: __mapOfAudioSelector;
3361
3366
  /**
@@ -3363,15 +3368,15 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3363
3368
  */
3364
3369
  CaptionSelectors?: __mapOfCaptionSelector;
3365
3370
  /**
3366
- * Use Cropping selection (crop) to specify the video area that the service will include in the output video frame. If you specify a value here, it will override any value that you specify in the output setting Cropping selection (crop).
3371
+ * Use Cropping selection to specify the video area that the service will include in the output video frame. If you specify a value here, it will override any value that you specify in the output setting Cropping selection.
3367
3372
  */
3368
3373
  Crop?: Rectangle;
3369
3374
  /**
3370
- * Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output. Default is disabled. Only manually controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video inputs.
3375
+ * Enable Deblock to produce smoother motion in the output. Default is disabled. Only manually controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video inputs.
3371
3376
  */
3372
3377
  DeblockFilter?: InputDeblockFilter;
3373
3378
  /**
3374
- * Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default is disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs.
3379
+ * Enable Denoise to filter noise from the input. Default is disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs.
3375
3380
  */
3376
3381
  DenoiseFilter?: InputDenoiseFilter;
3377
3382
  /**
@@ -3391,31 +3396,33 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3391
3396
  */
3392
3397
  ImageInserter?: ImageInserter;
3393
3398
  /**
3394
- * (InputClippings) contains sets of start and end times that together specify a portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When you specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the job outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them.
3399
+ * Contains sets of start and end times that together specify a portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When you specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the job outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them.
3395
3400
  */
3396
3401
  InputClippings?: __listOfInputClipping;
3397
3402
  /**
3398
- * When you have a progressive segmented frame (PsF) input, use this setting to flag the input as PsF. MediaConvert doesn't automatically detect PsF. Therefore, flagging your input as PsF results in better preservation of video quality when you do deinterlacing and frame rate conversion. If you don't specify, the default value is Auto (AUTO). Auto is the correct setting for all inputs that are not PsF. Don't set this value to PsF when your input is interlaced. Doing so creates horizontal interlacing artifacts.
3403
+ * When you have a progressive segmented frame (PsF) input, use this setting to flag the input as PsF. MediaConvert doesn't automatically detect PsF. Therefore, flagging your input as PsF results in better preservation of video quality when you do deinterlacing and frame rate conversion. If you don't specify, the default value is Auto. Auto is the correct setting for all inputs that are not PsF. Don't set this value to PsF when your input is interlaced. Doing so creates horizontal interlacing artifacts.
3399
3404
  */
3400
3405
  InputScanType?: InputScanType;
3401
3406
  /**
3402
- * Use Selection placement (position) to define the video area in your output frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black. If you specify a value here, it will override any value that you specify in the output setting Selection placement (position). If you specify a value here, this will override any AFD values in your input, even if you set Respond to AFD (RespondToAfd) to Respond (RESPOND). If you specify a value here, this will ignore anything that you specify for the setting Scaling Behavior (scalingBehavior).
3407
+ * Use Selection placement to define the video area in your output frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black. If you specify a value here, it will override any value that you specify in the output setting Selection placement. If you specify a value here, this will override any AFD values in your input, even if you set Respond to AFD to Respond. If you specify a value here, this will ignore anything that you specify for the setting Scaling Behavior.
3403
3408
  */
3404
3409
  Position?: Rectangle;
3405
3410
  /**
3406
- * Use Program (programNumber) to select a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. Default is the first program within the transport stream. If the program you specify doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default.
3411
+ * Use Program to select a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. Default is the first program within the transport stream. If the program you specify doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default.
3407
3412
  */
3408
3413
  ProgramNumber?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
3409
3414
  /**
3410
- * Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify which data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data.
3415
+ * Set PSI control for transport stream inputs to specify which data the demux process to scans.
3416
+ * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and video.
3417
+ * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data.
3411
3418
  */
3412
3419
  PsiControl?: InputPsiControl;
3413
3420
  /**
3414
- * Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings (InputTimecodeSource), to specify how the service counts input video frames. This input frame count affects only the behavior of features that apply to a single input at a time, such as input clipping and synchronizing some captions formats. Choose Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecodes in your input video. Choose Start at zero (ZEROBASED) to start the first frame at zero. Choose Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART) to start the first frame at the timecode that you specify in the setting Start timecode (timecodeStart). If you don't specify a value for Timecode source, the service will use Embedded by default. For more information about timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
3421
+ * Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings, to specify how the service counts input video frames. This input frame count affects only the behavior of features that apply to a single input at a time, such as input clipping and synchronizing some captions formats. Choose Embedded to use the timecodes in your input video. Choose Start at zero to start the first frame at zero. Choose Specified start to start the first frame at the timecode that you specify in the setting Start timecode. If you don't specify a value for Timecode source, the service will use Embedded by default. For more information about timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
3415
3422
  */
3416
3423
  TimecodeSource?: InputTimecodeSource;
3417
3424
  /**
3418
- * Specify the timecode that you want the service to use for this input's initial frame. To use this setting, you must set the Timecode source setting, located under the input settings (InputTimecodeSource), to Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART). For more information about timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
3425
+ * Specify the timecode that you want the service to use for this input's initial frame. To use this setting, you must set the Timecode source setting, located under the input settings, to Specified start. For more information about timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
3419
3426
  */
3420
3427
  TimecodeStart?: __stringMin11Max11Pattern01D20305D205D;
3421
3428
  /**
@@ -3464,7 +3471,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3464
3471
  */
3465
3472
  Layer?: __integerMin0Max99;
3466
3473
  /**
3467
- * Use Opacity (Opacity) to specify how much of the underlying video shows through the inserted image. 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default is 50.
3474
+ * Use Opacity to specify how much of the underlying video shows through the inserted image. 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default is 50.
3468
3475
  */
3469
3476
  Opacity?: __integerMin0Max100;
3470
3477
  /**
@@ -3615,7 +3622,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3615
3622
  */
3616
3623
  ExtendedDataServices?: ExtendedDataServices;
3617
3624
  /**
3618
- * Use Inputs (inputs) to define source file used in the transcode job. There can be multiple inputs add in a job. These inputs will be concantenated together to create the output.
3625
+ * Use Inputs to define source file used in the transcode job. There can be multiple inputs add in a job. These inputs will be concantenated together to create the output.
3619
3626
  */
3620
3627
  Inputs?: __listOfInput;
3621
3628
  /**
@@ -3627,7 +3634,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3627
3634
  */
3628
3635
  MotionImageInserter?: MotionImageInserter;
3629
3636
  /**
3630
- * Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement and analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration (nielsenConfiguration), MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs in the job. To enable Nielsen configuration programmatically, include an instance of nielsenConfiguration in your JSON job specification. Even if you don't include any children of nielsenConfiguration, you still enable the setting.
3637
+ * Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement and analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration, MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs in the job.
3631
3638
  */
3632
3639
  NielsenConfiguration?: NielsenConfiguration;
3633
3640
  /**
@@ -3635,7 +3642,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3635
3642
  */
3636
3643
  NielsenNonLinearWatermark?: NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings;
3637
3644
  /**
3638
- * (OutputGroups) contains one group of settings for each set of outputs that share a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, Quicktime, MXF, and no container) are grouped in a single output group as well. Required in (OutputGroups) is a group of settings that apply to the whole group. This required object depends on the value you set for (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings). Type, settings object pairs are as follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings * MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, MsSmoothGroupSettings * CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS, CmafGroupSettings
3645
+ * Contains one group of settings for each set of outputs that share a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, Quicktime, MXF, and no container) are grouped in a single output group as well. Required in is a group of settings that apply to the whole group. This required object depends on the value you set for Type. Type, settings object pairs are as follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings * MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, MsSmoothGroupSettings * CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS, CmafGroupSettings
3639
3646
  */
3640
3647
  OutputGroups?: __listOfOutputGroup;
3641
3648
  /**
@@ -3643,7 +3650,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3643
3650
  */
3644
3651
  TimecodeConfig?: TimecodeConfig;
3645
3652
  /**
3646
- * Insert user-defined custom ID3 metadata (id3) at timecodes (timecode) that you specify. In each output that you want to include this metadata, you must set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH).
3653
+ * Insert user-defined custom ID3 metadata at timecodes that you specify. In each output that you want to include this metadata, you must set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
3647
3654
  */
3648
3655
  TimedMetadataInsertion?: TimedMetadataInsertion;
3649
3656
  }
@@ -3721,7 +3728,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3721
3728
  */
3722
3729
  ExtendedDataServices?: ExtendedDataServices;
3723
3730
  /**
3724
- * Use Inputs (inputs) to define the source file used in the transcode job. There can only be one input in a job template. Using the API, you can include multiple inputs when referencing a job template.
3731
+ * Use Inputs to define the source file used in the transcode job. There can only be one input in a job template. Using the API, you can include multiple inputs when referencing a job template.
3725
3732
  */
3726
3733
  Inputs?: __listOfInputTemplate;
3727
3734
  /**
@@ -3733,7 +3740,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3733
3740
  */
3734
3741
  MotionImageInserter?: MotionImageInserter;
3735
3742
  /**
3736
- * Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement and analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration (nielsenConfiguration), MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs in the job. To enable Nielsen configuration programmatically, include an instance of nielsenConfiguration in your JSON job specification. Even if you don't include any children of nielsenConfiguration, you still enable the setting.
3743
+ * Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement and analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration, MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs in the job.
3737
3744
  */
3738
3745
  NielsenConfiguration?: NielsenConfiguration;
3739
3746
  /**
@@ -3741,7 +3748,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3741
3748
  */
3742
3749
  NielsenNonLinearWatermark?: NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings;
3743
3750
  /**
3744
- * (OutputGroups) contains one group of settings for each set of outputs that share a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, Quicktime, MXF, and no container) are grouped in a single output group as well. Required in (OutputGroups) is a group of settings that apply to the whole group. This required object depends on the value you set for (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings). Type, settings object pairs are as follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings * MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, MsSmoothGroupSettings * CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS, CmafGroupSettings
3751
+ * Contains one group of settings for each set of outputs that share a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, Quicktime, MXF, and no container) are grouped in a single output group as well. Required in is a group of settings that apply to the whole group. This required object depends on the value you set for Type. Type, settings object pairs are as follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings * MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, MsSmoothGroupSettings * CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS, CmafGroupSettings
3745
3752
  */
3746
3753
  OutputGroups?: __listOfOutputGroup;
3747
3754
  /**
@@ -3749,7 +3756,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3749
3756
  */
3750
3757
  TimecodeConfig?: TimecodeConfig;
3751
3758
  /**
3752
- * Insert user-defined custom ID3 metadata (id3) at timecodes (timecode) that you specify. In each output that you want to include this metadata, you must set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH).
3759
+ * Insert user-defined custom ID3 metadata at timecodes that you specify. In each output that you want to include this metadata, you must set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
3753
3760
  */
3754
3761
  TimedMetadataInsertion?: TimedMetadataInsertion;
3755
3762
  }
@@ -3971,7 +3978,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3971
3978
  */
3972
3979
  AudioBufferModel?: M2tsAudioBufferModel;
3973
3980
  /**
3974
- * Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration (MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION). In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration (DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION). When you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
3981
+ * Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration. In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
3975
3982
  */
3976
3983
  AudioDuration?: M2tsAudioDuration;
3977
3984
  /**
@@ -3991,15 +3998,15 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
3991
3998
  */
3992
3999
  BufferModel?: M2tsBufferModel;
3993
4000
  /**
3994
- * If you select ALIGN_TO_VIDEO, MediaConvert writes captions and data packets with Presentation Timestamp (PTS) values greater than or equal to the first video packet PTS (MediaConvert drops captions and data packets with lesser PTS values). Keep the default value (AUTO) to allow all PTS values.
4001
+ * If you select ALIGN_TO_VIDEO, MediaConvert writes captions and data packets with Presentation Timestamp (PTS) values greater than or equal to the first video packet PTS (MediaConvert drops captions and data packets with lesser PTS values). Keep the default value to allow all PTS values.
3995
4002
  */
3996
4003
  DataPTSControl?: M2tsDataPtsControl;
3997
4004
  /**
3998
- * Use these settings to insert a DVB Network Information Table (NIT) in the transport stream of this output. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object only when your job has a transport stream output and the container settings contain the object M2tsSettings.
4005
+ * Use these settings to insert a DVB Network Information Table (NIT) in the transport stream of this output.
3999
4006
  */
4000
4007
  DvbNitSettings?: DvbNitSettings;
4001
4008
  /**
4002
- * Use these settings to insert a DVB Service Description Table (SDT) in the transport stream of this output. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object only when your job has a transport stream output and the container settings contain the object M2tsSettings.
4009
+ * Use these settings to insert a DVB Service Description Table (SDT) in the transport stream of this output.
4003
4010
  */
4004
4011
  DvbSdtSettings?: DvbSdtSettings;
4005
4012
  /**
@@ -4007,7 +4014,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
4007
4014
  */
4008
4015
  DvbSubPids?: __listOf__integerMin32Max8182;
4009
4016
  /**
4010
- * Use these settings to insert a DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) in the transport stream of this output. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object only when your job has a transport stream output and the container settings contain the object M2tsSettings.
4017
+ * Use these settings to insert a DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) in the transport stream of this output.
4011
4018
  */
4012
4019
  DvbTdtSettings?: DvbTdtSettings;
4013
4020
  /**
@@ -4027,7 +4034,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
4027
4034
  */
4028
4035
  EsRateInPes?: M2tsEsRateInPes;
4029
4036
  /**
4030
- * Keep the default value (DEFAULT) unless you know that your audio EBP markers are incorrectly appearing before your video EBP markers. To correct this problem, set this value to Force (FORCE).
4037
+ * Keep the default value unless you know that your audio EBP markers are incorrectly appearing before your video EBP markers. To correct this problem, set this value to Force.
4031
4038
  */
4032
4039
  ForceTsVideoEbpOrder?: M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder;
4033
4040
  /**
@@ -4063,7 +4070,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
4063
4070
  */
4064
4071
  PcrControl?: M2tsPcrControl;
4065
4072
  /**
4066
- * Specify the packet identifier (PID) for the program clock reference (PCR) in this output. If you do not specify a value, the service will use the value for Video PID (VideoPid).
4073
+ * Specify the packet identifier (PID) for the program clock reference (PCR) in this output. If you do not specify a value, the service will use the value for Video PID.
4067
4074
  */
4068
4075
  PcrPid?: __integerMin32Max8182;
4069
4076
  /**
@@ -4079,7 +4086,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
4079
4086
  */
4080
4087
  PrivateMetadataPid?: __integerMin32Max8182;
4081
4088
  /**
4082
- * Use Program number (programNumber) to specify the program number used in the program map table (PMT) for this output. Default is 1. Program numbers and program map tables are parts of MPEG-2 transport stream containers, used for organizing data.
4089
+ * Use Program number to specify the program number used in the program map table (PMT) for this output. Default is 1. Program numbers and program map tables are parts of MPEG-2 transport stream containers, used for organizing data.
4083
4090
  */
4084
4091
  ProgramNumber?: __integerMin0Max65535;
4085
4092
  /**
@@ -4087,7 +4094,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
4087
4094
  */
4088
4095
  RateMode?: M2tsRateMode;
4089
4096
  /**
4090
- * Include this in your job settings to put SCTE-35 markers in your HLS and transport stream outputs at the insertion points that you specify in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML (sccXml).
4097
+ * Include this in your job settings to put SCTE-35 markers in your HLS and transport stream outputs at the insertion points that you specify in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML.
4091
4098
  */
4092
4099
  Scte35Esam?: M2tsScte35Esam;
4093
4100
  /**
@@ -4095,7 +4102,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
4095
4102
  */
4096
4103
  Scte35Pid?: __integerMin32Max8182;
4097
4104
  /**
4098
- * For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None (NONE) if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35 markers from an ESAM XML document-- Choose None (NONE). Also provide the ESAM XML as a string in the setting Signal processing notification XML (sccXml). Also enable ESAM SCTE-35 (include the property scte35Esam).
4105
+ * For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35 markers from an ESAM XML document-- Choose None. Also provide the ESAM XML as a string in the setting Signal processing notification XML. Also enable ESAM SCTE-35 (include the property scte35Esam).
4099
4106
  */
4100
4107
  Scte35Source?: M2tsScte35Source;
4101
4108
  /**
@@ -4130,7 +4137,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
4130
4137
  export type M3u8Scte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH"|"NONE"|string;
4131
4138
  export interface M3u8Settings {
4132
4139
  /**
4133
- * Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration (MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION). In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration (DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION). When you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
4140
+ * Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration. In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
4134
4141
  */
4135
4142
  AudioDuration?: M3u8AudioDuration;
4136
4143
  /**
@@ -4142,7 +4149,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
4142
4149
  */
4143
4150
  AudioPids?: __listOf__integerMin32Max8182;
4144
4151
  /**
4145
- * If you select ALIGN_TO_VIDEO, MediaConvert writes captions and data packets with Presentation Timestamp (PTS) values greater than or equal to the first video packet PTS (MediaConvert drops captions and data packets with lesser PTS values). Keep the default value (AUTO) to allow all PTS values.
4152
+ * If you select ALIGN_TO_VIDEO, MediaConvert writes captions and data packets with Presentation Timestamp (PTS) values greater than or equal to the first video packet PTS (MediaConvert drops captions and data packets with lesser PTS values). Keep the default value AUTO to allow all PTS values.
4146
4153
  */
4147
4154
  DataPTSControl?: M3u8DataPtsControl;
4148
4155
  /**
@@ -4186,11 +4193,11 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
4186
4193
  */
4187
4194
  Scte35Pid?: __integerMin32Max8182;
4188
4195
  /**
4189
- * For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None (NONE) if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35 markers from an ESAM XML document-- Choose None (NONE) if you don't want manifest conditioning. Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) and choose Ad markers (adMarkers) if you do want manifest conditioning. In both cases, also provide the ESAM XML as a string in the setting Signal processing notification XML (sccXml).
4196
+ * For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35 markers from an ESAM XML document-- Choose None if you don't want manifest conditioning. Choose Passthrough and choose Ad markers if you do want manifest conditioning. In both cases, also provide the ESAM XML as a string in the setting Signal processing notification XML.
4190
4197
  */
4191
4198
  Scte35Source?: M3u8Scte35Source;
4192
4199
  /**
4193
- * Set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) to include ID3 metadata in this output. This includes ID3 metadata from the following features: ID3 timestamp period (timedMetadataId3Period), and Custom ID3 metadata inserter (timedMetadataInsertion). To exclude this ID3 metadata in this output: set ID3 metadata to None (NONE) or leave blank.
4200
+ * Set ID3 metadata to Passthrough to include ID3 metadata in this output. This includes ID3 metadata from the following features: ID3 timestamp period, and Custom ID3 metadata inserter. To exclude this ID3 metadata in this output: set ID3 metadata to None or leave blank.
4194
4201
  */
4195
4202
  TimedMetadata?: TimedMetadata;
4196
4203
  /**
@@ -4248,7 +4255,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
4248
4255
  */
4249
4256
  Playback?: MotionImagePlayback;
4250
4257
  /**
4251
- * Specify when the motion overlay begins. Use timecode format (HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF). Make sure that the timecode you provide here takes into account how you have set up your timecode configuration under both job settings and input settings. The simplest way to do that is to set both to start at 0. If you need to set up your job to follow timecodes embedded in your source that don't start at zero, make sure that you specify a start time that is after the first embedded timecode. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/setting-up-timecode.html Find job-wide and input timecode configuration settings in your JSON job settings specification at settings>timecodeConfig>source and settings>inputs>timecodeSource.
4258
+ * Specify when the motion overlay begins. Use timecode format (HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF). Make sure that the timecode you provide here takes into account how you have set up your timecode configuration under both job settings and input settings. The simplest way to do that is to set both to start at 0. If you need to set up your job to follow timecodes embedded in your source that don't start at zero, make sure that you specify a start time that is after the first embedded timecode. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/setting-up-timecode.html
4252
4259
  */
4253
4260
  StartTime?: __stringMin11Max11Pattern01D20305D205D;
4254
4261
  }
@@ -4307,7 +4314,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
4307
4314
  */
4308
4315
  Bitrate?: __integerMin32000Max384000;
4309
4316
  /**
4310
- * Set Channels to specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono in the console will give you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo will give you 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2.
4317
+ * Set Channels to specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono in will give you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo will give you 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2.
4311
4318
  */
4312
4319
  Channels?: __integerMin1Max2;
4313
4320
  /**
@@ -4322,7 +4329,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
4322
4329
  */
4323
4330
  Bitrate?: __integerMin16000Max320000;
4324
4331
  /**
4325
- * Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono on the console gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2.
4332
+ * Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2.
4326
4333
  */
4327
4334
  Channels?: __integerMin1Max2;
4328
4335
  /**
@@ -4334,7 +4341,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
4334
4341
  */
4335
4342
  SampleRate?: __integerMin22050Max48000;
4336
4343
  /**
4337
- * Required when you set Bitrate control mode (rateControlMode) to VBR. Specify the audio quality of this MP3 output from 0 (highest quality) to 9 (lowest quality).
4344
+ * Required when you set Bitrate control mode to VBR. Specify the audio quality of this MP3 output from 0 (highest quality) to 9 (lowest quality).
4338
4345
  */
4339
4346
  VbrQuality?: __integerMin0Max9;
4340
4347
  }
@@ -4343,7 +4350,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
4343
4350
  export type Mp4MoovPlacement = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD"|"NORMAL"|string;
4344
4351
  export interface Mp4Settings {
4345
4352
  /**
4346
- * Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration (MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION). In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration (DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION). When you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
4353
+ * Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration. In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
4347
4354
  */
4348
4355
  AudioDuration?: CmfcAudioDuration;
4349
4356
  /**
@@ -4351,7 +4358,7 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
4351
4358
  */
4352
4359
  CslgAtom?: Mp4CslgAtom;
4353
4360
  /**
4354
- * Ignore this setting unless compliance to the CTTS box version specification matters in your workflow. Specify a value of 1 to set your CTTS box version to 1 and make your output compliant with the specification. When you specify a value of 1, you must also set CSLG atom (cslgAtom) to the value INCLUDE. Keep the default value 0 to set your CTTS box version to 0. This can provide backward compatibility for some players and packagers.
4361
+ * Ignore this setting unless compliance to the CTTS box version specification matters in your workflow. Specify a value of 1 to set your CTTS box version to 1 and make your output compliant with the specification. When you specify a value of 1, you must also set CSLG atom to the value INCLUDE. Keep the default value 0 to set your CTTS box version to 0. This can provide backward compatibility for some players and packagers.
4355
4362
  */
4356
4363
  CttsVersion?: __integerMin0Max1;
4357
4364
  /**
@@ -4376,15 +4383,15 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
4376
4383
  export type MpdScte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH"|"NONE"|string;
4377
4384
  export interface MpdSettings {
4378
4385
  /**
4379
- * Optional. Choose Include (INCLUDE) to have MediaConvert mark up your DASH manifest with elements for embedded 608 captions. This markup isn't generally required, but some video players require it to discover and play embedded 608 captions. Keep the default value, Exclude (EXCLUDE), to leave these elements out. When you enable this setting, this is the markup that MediaConvert includes in your manifest:
4386
+ * Optional. Choose Include to have MediaConvert mark up your DASH manifest with elements for embedded 608 captions. This markup isn't generally required, but some video players require it to discover and play embedded 608 captions. Keep the default value, Exclude, to leave these elements out. When you enable this setting, this is the markup that MediaConvert includes in your manifest:
4380
4387
  */
4381
4388
  AccessibilityCaptionHints?: MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints;
4382
4389
  /**
4383
- * Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration (MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION). In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration (DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION). When you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
4390
+ * Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration. In all other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When you choose Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
4384
4391
  */
4385
4392
  AudioDuration?: MpdAudioDuration;
4386
4393
  /**
4387
- * Use this setting only in DASH output groups that include sidecar TTML or IMSC captions. You specify sidecar captions in a separate output from your audio and video. Choose Raw (RAW) for captions in a single XML file in a raw container. Choose Fragmented MPEG-4 (FRAGMENTED_MP4) for captions in XML format contained within fragmented MP4 files. This set of fragmented MP4 files is separate from your video and audio fragmented MP4 files.
4394
+ * Use this setting only in DASH output groups that include sidecar TTML or IMSC captions. You specify sidecar captions in a separate output from your audio and video. Choose Raw for captions in a single XML file in a raw container. Choose Fragmented MPEG-4 for captions in XML format contained within fragmented MP4 files. This set of fragmented MP4 files is separate from your video and audio fragmented MP4 files.
4388
4395
  */
4389
4396
  CaptionContainerType?: MpdCaptionContainerType;
4390
4397
  /**
@@ -4392,34 +4399,34 @@ Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
4392
4399
  */
4393
4400
  KlvMetadata?: MpdKlvMetadata;
4394
4401
  /**
4395
- * To add an InbandEventStream element in your output MPD manifest for each type of event message, set Manifest metadata signaling to Enabled. For ID3 event messages, the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be same value that you specify for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI. For SCTE35 event messages, the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be "urn:scte:scte35:2013:bin". To leave these elements out of your output MPD manifest, set Manifest metadata signaling to Disabled. To enable Manifest metadata signaling, you must also set SCTE-35 source to Passthrough, ESAM SCTE-35 to insert, or ID3 metadata (TimedMetadata) to Passthrough.
4402
+ * To add an InbandEventStream element in your output MPD manifest for each type of event message, set Manifest metadata signaling to Enabled. For ID3 event messages, the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be same value that you specify for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI. For SCTE35 event messages, the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be "urn:scte:scte35:2013:bin". To leave these elements out of your output MPD manifest, set Manifest metadata signaling to Disabled. To enable Manifest metadata signaling, you must also set SCTE-35 source to Passthrough, ESAM SCTE-35 to insert, or ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
4396
4403
  */
4397
4404
  ManifestMetadataSignaling?: MpdManifestMetadataSignaling;
4398
4405
  /**
4399
- * Use this setting only when you specify SCTE-35 markers from ESAM. Choose INSERT to put SCTE-35 markers in this output at the insertion points that you specify in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML (sccXml).
4406
+ * Use this setting only when you specify SCTE-35 markers from ESAM. Choose INSERT to put SCTE-35 markers in this output at the insertion points that you specify in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML.
4400
4407
  */
4401
4408
  Scte35Esam?: MpdScte35Esam;
4402
4409
  /**
4403
- * Ignore this setting unless you have SCTE-35 markers in your input video file. Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None (NONE) if you don't want those SCTE-35 markers in this output.
4410
+ * Ignore this setting unless you have SCTE-35 markers in your input video file. Choose Passthrough if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None if you don't want those SCTE-35 markers in this output.
4404
4411
  */
4405
4412
  Scte35Source?: MpdScte35Source;
4406
4413
  /**
4407
- * To include ID3 metadata in this output: Set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH). Specify this ID3 metadata in Custom ID3 metadata inserter (timedMetadataInsertion). MediaConvert writes each instance of ID3 metadata in a separate Event Message (eMSG) box. To exclude this ID3 metadata: Set ID3 metadata to None (NONE) or leave blank.
4414
+ * To include ID3 metadata in this output: Set ID3 metadata to Passthrough. Specify this ID3 metadata in Custom ID3 metadata inserter. MediaConvert writes each instance of ID3 metadata in a separate Event Message (eMSG) box. To exclude this ID3 metadata: Set ID3 metadata to None or leave blank.
4408
4415
  */
4409
4416
  TimedMetadata?: MpdTimedMetadata;
4410
4417
  /**
4411
4418
  * Specify the event message box (eMSG) version for ID3 timed metadata in your output.
4412
4419
  For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.3 Syntax.
4413
4420
  Leave blank to use the default value Version 0.
4414
- When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough.
4421
+ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
4415
4422
  */
4416
4423
  TimedMetadataBoxVersion?: MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersion;
4417
4424
  /**
4418
- * Specify the event message box (eMSG) scheme ID URI (scheme_id_uri) for ID3 timed metadata in your output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.4 Semantics. Leave blank to use the default value: https://aomedia.org/emsg/ID3 When you specify a value for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough.
4425
+ * Specify the event message box (eMSG) scheme ID URI for ID3 timed metadata in your output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.4 Semantics. Leave blank to use the default value: https://aomedia.org/emsg/ID3 When you specify a value for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI, you must also set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
4419
4426
  */
4420
4427
  TimedMetadataSchemeIdUri?: __stringMax1000;
4421
4428
  /**
4422
- * Specify the event message box (eMSG) value for ID3 timed metadata in your output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.4 Semantics. When you specify a value for ID3 Metadata Value, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough.
4429
+ * Specify the event message box (eMSG) value for ID3 timed metadata in your output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.4 Semantics. When you specify a value for ID3 Metadata Value, you must also set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
4423
4430
  */
4424
4431
  TimedMetadataValue?: __stringMax1000;
4425
4432
  }
@@ -4441,7 +4448,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4441
4448
  export type Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"|"ENABLED"|string;
4442
4449
  export interface Mpeg2Settings {
4443
4450
  /**
4444
- * Specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. The value that you choose here applies to the following settings: Spatial adaptive quantization (spatialAdaptiveQuantization), and Temporal adaptive quantization (temporalAdaptiveQuantization).
4451
+ * Specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. The value that you choose here applies to the following settings: Spatial adaptive quantization, and Temporal adaptive quantization.
4445
4452
  */
4446
4453
  AdaptiveQuantization?: Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization;
4447
4454
  /**
@@ -4449,19 +4456,19 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4449
4456
  */
4450
4457
  Bitrate?: __integerMin1000Max288000000;
4451
4458
  /**
4452
- * Use Level (Mpeg2CodecLevel) to set the MPEG-2 level for the video output.
4459
+ * Use Level to set the MPEG-2 level for the video output.
4453
4460
  */
4454
4461
  CodecLevel?: Mpeg2CodecLevel;
4455
4462
  /**
4456
- * Use Profile (Mpeg2CodecProfile) to set the MPEG-2 profile for the video output.
4463
+ * Use Profile to set the MPEG-2 profile for the video output.
4457
4464
  */
4458
4465
  CodecProfile?: Mpeg2CodecProfile;
4459
4466
  /**
4460
- * Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content. This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you provide for the setting B frames between reference frames (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames).
4467
+ * Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content. This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you provide for the setting B frames between reference frames.
4461
4468
  */
4462
4469
  DynamicSubGop?: Mpeg2DynamicSubGop;
4463
4470
  /**
4464
- * If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
4471
+ * If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
4465
4472
  */
4466
4473
  FramerateControl?: Mpeg2FramerateControl;
4467
4474
  /**
@@ -4481,11 +4488,11 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4481
4488
  */
4482
4489
  GopClosedCadence?: __integerMin0Max2147483647;
4483
4490
  /**
4484
- * Specify the interval between keyframes, in seconds or frames, for this output. Default: 12 Related settings: When you specify the GOP size in seconds, set GOP mode control (GopSizeUnits) to Specified, seconds (SECONDS). The default value for GOP mode control (GopSizeUnits) is Frames (FRAMES).
4491
+ * Specify the interval between keyframes, in seconds or frames, for this output. Default: 12 Related settings: When you specify the GOP size in seconds, set GOP mode control to Specified, seconds. The default value for GOP mode control is Frames.
4485
4492
  */
4486
4493
  GopSize?: __doubleMin0;
4487
4494
  /**
4488
- * Specify the units for GOP size (GopSize). If you don't specify a value here, by default the encoder measures GOP size in frames.
4495
+ * Specify the units for GOP size. If you don't specify a value here, by default the encoder measures GOP size in frames.
4489
4496
  */
4490
4497
  GopSizeUnits?: Mpeg2GopSizeUnits;
4491
4498
  /**
@@ -4501,11 +4508,11 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4501
4508
  */
4502
4509
  HrdBufferSize?: __integerMin0Max47185920;
4503
4510
  /**
4504
- * Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use Top field first (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom field first (BOTTOM_FIELD) to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, default bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
4511
+ * Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow, default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
4505
4512
  */
4506
4513
  InterlaceMode?: Mpeg2InterlaceMode;
4507
4514
  /**
4508
- * Use Intra DC precision (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) to set quantization precision for intra-block DC coefficients. If you choose the value auto, the service will automatically select the precision based on the per-frame compression ratio.
4515
+ * Use Intra DC precision to set quantization precision for intra-block DC coefficients. If you choose the value auto, the service will automatically select the precision based on the per-frame compression ratio.
4509
4516
  */
4510
4517
  IntraDcPrecision?: Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision;
4511
4518
  /**
@@ -4513,7 +4520,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4513
4520
  */
4514
4521
  MaxBitrate?: __integerMin1000Max300000000;
4515
4522
  /**
4516
- * Use this setting only when you also enable Scene change detection (SceneChangeDetect). This setting determines how the encoder manages the spacing between I-frames that it inserts as part of the I-frame cadence and the I-frames that it inserts for Scene change detection. When you specify a value for this setting, the encoder determines whether to skip a cadence-driven I-frame by the value you set. For example, if you set Min I interval (minIInterval) to 5 and a cadence-driven I-frame would fall within 5 frames of a scene-change I-frame, then the encoder skips the cadence-driven I-frame. In this way, one GOP is shrunk slightly and one GOP is stretched slightly. When the cadence-driven I-frames are farther from the scene-change I-frame than the value you set, then the encoder leaves all I-frames in place and the GOPs surrounding the scene change are smaller than the usual cadence GOPs.
4523
+ * Use this setting only when you also enable Scene change detection. This setting determines how the encoder manages the spacing between I-frames that it inserts as part of the I-frame cadence and the I-frames that it inserts for Scene change detection. When you specify a value for this setting, the encoder determines whether to skip a cadence-driven I-frame by the value you set. For example, if you set Min I interval to 5 and a cadence-driven I-frame would fall within 5 frames of a scene-change I-frame, then the encoder skips the cadence-driven I-frame. In this way, one GOP is shrunk slightly and one GOP is stretched slightly. When the cadence-driven I-frames are farther from the scene-change I-frame than the value you set, then the encoder leaves all I-frames in place and the GOPs surrounding the scene change are smaller than the usual cadence GOPs.
4517
4524
  */
4518
4525
  MinIInterval?: __integerMin0Max30;
4519
4526
  /**
@@ -4521,27 +4528,27 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4521
4528
  */
4522
4529
  NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames?: __integerMin0Max7;
4523
4530
  /**
4524
- * Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
4531
+ * Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose any value other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
4525
4532
  */
4526
4533
  ParControl?: Mpeg2ParControl;
4527
4534
  /**
4528
- * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
4535
+ * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
4529
4536
  */
4530
4537
  ParDenominator?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
4531
4538
  /**
4532
- * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
4539
+ * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
4533
4540
  */
4534
4541
  ParNumerator?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
4535
4542
  /**
4536
- * Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding.
4543
+ * Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding.
4537
4544
  */
4538
4545
  QualityTuningLevel?: Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel;
4539
4546
  /**
4540
- * Use Rate control mode (Mpeg2RateControlMode) to specify whether the bitrate is variable (vbr) or constant (cbr).
4547
+ * Use Rate control mode to specify whether the bitrate is variable (vbr) or constant (cbr).
4541
4548
  */
4542
4549
  RateControlMode?: Mpeg2RateControlMode;
4543
4550
  /**
4544
- * Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing (INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE) to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing (INTERLACED), for all other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine (telecine) to None (NONE) or Soft (SOFT). You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode (interlaceMode) to a value other than Progressive (PROGRESSIVE).
4551
+ * Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
4545
4552
  */
4546
4553
  ScanTypeConversionMode?: Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode;
4547
4554
  /**
@@ -4549,27 +4556,27 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4549
4556
  */
4550
4557
  SceneChangeDetect?: Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect;
4551
4558
  /**
4552
- * Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set Framerate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
4559
+ * Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set Framerate to 25.
4553
4560
  */
4554
4561
  SlowPal?: Mpeg2SlowPal;
4555
4562
  /**
4556
- * Ignore this setting unless you need to comply with a specification that requires a specific value. If you don't have a specification requirement, we recommend that you adjust the softness of your output by using a lower value for the setting Sharpness (sharpness) or by enabling a noise reducer filter (noiseReducerFilter). The Softness (softness) setting specifies the quantization matrices that the encoder uses. Keep the default value, 0, to use the AWS Elemental default matrices. Choose a value from 17 to 128 to use planar interpolation. Increasing values from 17 to 128 result in increasing reduction of high-frequency data. The value 128 results in the softest video.
4563
+ * Ignore this setting unless you need to comply with a specification that requires a specific value. If you don't have a specification requirement, we recommend that you adjust the softness of your output by using a lower value for the setting Sharpness or by enabling a noise reducer filter. The Softness setting specifies the quantization matrices that the encoder uses. Keep the default value, 0, to use the AWS Elemental default matrices. Choose a value from 17 to 128 to use planar interpolation. Increasing values from 17 to 128 result in increasing reduction of high-frequency data. The value 128 results in the softest video.
4557
4564
  */
4558
4565
  Softness?: __integerMin0Max128;
4559
4566
  /**
4560
- * Keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the value for Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization) depending on your content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
4567
+ * Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the value for Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
4561
4568
  */
4562
4569
  SpatialAdaptiveQuantization?: Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization;
4563
4570
  /**
4564
- * Specify whether this output's video uses the D10 syntax. Keep the default value to not use the syntax. Related settings: When you choose D10 (D_10) for your MXF profile (profile), you must also set this value to D10 (D_10).
4571
+ * Specify whether this output's video uses the D10 syntax. Keep the default value to not use the syntax. Related settings: When you choose D10 for your MXF profile, you must also set this value to D10.
4565
4572
  */
4566
4573
  Syntax?: Mpeg2Syntax;
4567
4574
  /**
4568
- * When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard or soft telecine to create a smoother picture. Hard telecine (HARD) produces a 29.97i output. Soft telecine (SOFT) produces an output with a 23.976 output that signals to the video player device to do the conversion during play back. When you keep the default value, None (NONE), MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
4575
+ * When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard or soft telecine to create a smoother picture. Hard telecine produces a 29.97i output. Soft telecine produces an output with a 23.976 output that signals to the video player device to do the conversion during play back. When you keep the default value, None, MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
4569
4576
  */
4570
4577
  Telecine?: Mpeg2Telecine;
4571
4578
  /**
4572
- * Keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example, this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization, adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization).
4579
+ * Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example, this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization, adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization.
4573
4580
  */
4574
4581
  TemporalAdaptiveQuantization?: Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization;
4575
4582
  }
@@ -4606,7 +4613,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4606
4613
  */
4607
4614
  AudioDeduplication?: MsSmoothAudioDeduplication;
4608
4615
  /**
4609
- * Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first input file.
4616
+ * Use Destination to specify the S3 output location and the output filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first input file.
4610
4617
  */
4611
4618
  Destination?: __stringPatternS3;
4612
4619
  /**
@@ -4614,19 +4621,19 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4614
4621
  */
4615
4622
  DestinationSettings?: DestinationSettings;
4616
4623
  /**
4617
- * If you are using DRM, set DRM System (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) to specify the value SpekeKeyProvider.
4624
+ * If you are using DRM, set DRM System to specify the value SpekeKeyProvider.
4618
4625
  */
4619
4626
  Encryption?: MsSmoothEncryptionSettings;
4620
4627
  /**
4621
- * Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the fragment length. Choose Exact (EXACT) to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the setting Fragment length (FragmentLength). This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple of GOP (GOP_MULTIPLE) to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
4628
+ * Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the fragment length. Choose Exact to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the setting Fragment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple of GOP to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
4622
4629
  */
4623
4630
  FragmentLength?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
4624
4631
  /**
4625
- * Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the fragment length. Choose Exact (EXACT) to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the setting Fragment length (FragmentLength). This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple of GOP (GOP_MULTIPLE) to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
4632
+ * Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the fragment length. Choose Exact to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the setting Fragment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple of GOP to have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
4626
4633
  */
4627
4634
  FragmentLengthControl?: MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl;
4628
4635
  /**
4629
- * Use Manifest encoding (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) to specify the encoding format for the server and client manifest. Valid options are utf8 and utf16.
4636
+ * Use Manifest encoding to specify the encoding format for the server and client manifest. Valid options are utf8 and utf16.
4630
4637
  */
4631
4638
  ManifestEncoding?: MsSmoothManifestEncoding;
4632
4639
  }
@@ -4635,7 +4642,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4635
4642
  export type MxfProfile = "D_10"|"XDCAM"|"OP1A"|"XAVC"|"XDCAM_RDD9"|string;
4636
4643
  export interface MxfSettings {
4637
4644
  /**
4638
- * Optional. When you have AFD signaling set up in your output video stream, use this setting to choose whether to also include it in the MXF wrapper. Choose Don't copy (NO_COPY) to exclude AFD signaling from the MXF wrapper. Choose Copy from video stream (COPY_FROM_VIDEO) to copy the AFD values from the video stream for this output to the MXF wrapper. Regardless of which option you choose, the AFD values remain in the video stream. Related settings: To set up your output to include or exclude AFD values, see AfdSignaling, under VideoDescription. On the console, find AFD signaling under the output's video encoding settings.
4645
+ * Optional. When you have AFD signaling set up in your output video stream, use this setting to choose whether to also include it in the MXF wrapper. Choose Don't copy to exclude AFD signaling from the MXF wrapper. Choose Copy from video stream to copy the AFD values from the video stream for this output to the MXF wrapper. Regardless of which option you choose, the AFD values remain in the video stream. Related settings: To set up your output to include or exclude AFD values, see AfdSignaling, under VideoDescription. On the console, find AFD signaling under the output's video encoding settings.
4639
4646
  */
4640
4647
  AfdSignaling?: MxfAfdSignaling;
4641
4648
  /**
@@ -4650,25 +4657,25 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4650
4657
  export type MxfXavcDurationMode = "ALLOW_ANY_DURATION"|"DROP_FRAMES_FOR_COMPLIANCE"|string;
4651
4658
  export interface MxfXavcProfileSettings {
4652
4659
  /**
4653
- * To create an output that complies with the XAVC file format guidelines for interoperability, keep the default value, Drop frames for compliance (DROP_FRAMES_FOR_COMPLIANCE). To include all frames from your input in this output, keep the default setting, Allow any duration (ALLOW_ANY_DURATION). The number of frames that MediaConvert excludes when you set this to Drop frames for compliance depends on the output frame rate and duration.
4660
+ * To create an output that complies with the XAVC file format guidelines for interoperability, keep the default value, Drop frames for compliance. To include all frames from your input in this output, keep the default setting, Allow any duration. The number of frames that MediaConvert excludes when you set this to Drop frames for compliance depends on the output frame rate and duration.
4654
4661
  */
4655
4662
  DurationMode?: MxfXavcDurationMode;
4656
4663
  /**
4657
- * Specify a value for this setting only for outputs that you set up with one of these two XAVC profiles: XAVC HD Intra CBG (XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG) or XAVC 4K Intra CBG (XAVC_4K_INTRA_CBG). Specify the amount of space in each frame that the service reserves for ancillary data, such as teletext captions. The default value for this setting is 1492 bytes per frame. This should be sufficient to prevent overflow unless you have multiple pages of teletext captions data. If you have a large amount of teletext data, specify a larger number.
4664
+ * Specify a value for this setting only for outputs that you set up with one of these two XAVC profiles: XAVC HD Intra CBG or XAVC 4K Intra CBG. Specify the amount of space in each frame that the service reserves for ancillary data, such as teletext captions. The default value for this setting is 1492 bytes per frame. This should be sufficient to prevent overflow unless you have multiple pages of teletext captions data. If you have a large amount of teletext data, specify a larger number.
4658
4665
  */
4659
4666
  MaxAncDataSize?: __integerMin0Max2147483647;
4660
4667
  }
4661
4668
  export interface NexGuardFileMarkerSettings {
4662
4669
  /**
4663
- * Use the base64 license string that Nagra provides you. Enter it directly in your JSON job specification or in the console. Required when you include Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking (NexGuardWatermarkingSettings) in your job.
4670
+ * Use the base64 license string that Nagra provides you. Enter it directly in your JSON job specification or in the console. Required when you include Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking in your job.
4664
4671
  */
4665
4672
  License?: __stringMin1Max100000;
4666
4673
  /**
4667
- * Specify the payload ID that you want associated with this output. Valid values vary depending on your Nagra NexGuard forensic watermarking workflow. Required when you include Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking (NexGuardWatermarkingSettings) in your job. For PreRelease Content (NGPR/G2), specify an integer from 1 through 4,194,303. You must generate a unique ID for each asset you watermark, and keep a record of which ID you have assigned to each asset. Neither Nagra nor MediaConvert keep track of the relationship between output files and your IDs. For OTT Streaming, create two adaptive bitrate (ABR) stacks for each asset. Do this by setting up two output groups. For one output group, set the value of Payload ID (payload) to 0 in every output. For the other output group, set Payload ID (payload) to 1 in every output.
4674
+ * Specify the payload ID that you want associated with this output. Valid values vary depending on your Nagra NexGuard forensic watermarking workflow. Required when you include Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking in your job. For PreRelease Content (NGPR/G2), specify an integer from 1 through 4,194,303. You must generate a unique ID for each asset you watermark, and keep a record of which ID you have assigned to each asset. Neither Nagra nor MediaConvert keep track of the relationship between output files and your IDs. For OTT Streaming, create two adaptive bitrate (ABR) stacks for each asset. Do this by setting up two output groups. For one output group, set the value of Payload ID to 0 in every output. For the other output group, set Payload ID to 1 in every output.
4668
4675
  */
4669
4676
  Payload?: __integerMin0Max4194303;
4670
4677
  /**
4671
- * Enter one of the watermarking preset strings that Nagra provides you. Required when you include Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking (NexGuardWatermarkingSettings) in your job.
4678
+ * Enter one of the watermarking preset strings that Nagra provides you. Required when you include Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking in your job.
4672
4679
  */
4673
4680
  Preset?: __stringMin1Max256;
4674
4681
  /**
@@ -4683,17 +4690,17 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4683
4690
  */
4684
4691
  BreakoutCode?: __integerMin0Max0;
4685
4692
  /**
4686
- * Use Distributor ID (DistributorID) to specify the distributor ID that is assigned to your organization by Neilsen.
4693
+ * Use Distributor ID to specify the distributor ID that is assigned to your organization by Nielsen.
4687
4694
  */
4688
4695
  DistributorId?: __string;
4689
4696
  }
4690
4697
  export interface NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings {
4691
4698
  /**
4692
- * Choose the type of Nielsen watermarks that you want in your outputs. When you choose NAES 2 and NW (NAES2_AND_NW), you must provide a value for the setting SID (sourceId). When you choose CBET (CBET), you must provide a value for the setting CSID (cbetSourceId). When you choose NAES 2, NW, and CBET (NAES2_AND_NW_AND_CBET), you must provide values for both of these settings.
4699
+ * Choose the type of Nielsen watermarks that you want in your outputs. When you choose NAES 2 and NW, you must provide a value for the setting SID. When you choose CBET, you must provide a value for the setting CSID. When you choose NAES 2, NW, and CBET, you must provide values for both of these settings.
4693
4700
  */
4694
4701
  ActiveWatermarkProcess?: NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType;
4695
4702
  /**
4696
- * Optional. Use this setting when you want the service to include an ADI file in the Nielsen metadata .zip file. To provide an ADI file, store it in Amazon S3 and provide a URL to it here. The URL should be in the following format: S3://bucket/path/ADI-file. For more information about the metadata .zip file, see the setting Metadata destination (metadataDestination).
4703
+ * Optional. Use this setting when you want the service to include an ADI file in the Nielsen metadata .zip file. To provide an ADI file, store it in Amazon S3 and provide a URL to it here. The URL should be in the following format: S3://bucket/path/ADI-file. For more information about the metadata .zip file, see the setting Metadata destination.
4697
4704
  */
4698
4705
  AdiFilename?: __stringPatternS3;
4699
4706
  /**
@@ -4705,7 +4712,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4705
4712
  */
4706
4713
  AssetName?: __stringMin1Max50;
4707
4714
  /**
4708
- * Use the CSID that Nielsen provides to you. This CBET source ID should be unique to your Nielsen account but common to all of your output assets that have CBET watermarking. Required when you choose a value for the setting Watermark types (ActiveWatermarkProcess) that includes CBET.
4715
+ * Use the CSID that Nielsen provides to you. This CBET source ID should be unique to your Nielsen account but common to all of your output assets that have CBET watermarking. Required when you choose a value for the setting Watermark types that includes CBET.
4709
4716
  */
4710
4717
  CbetSourceId?: __stringPattern0xAFaF0908190908;
4711
4718
  /**
@@ -4713,7 +4720,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4713
4720
  */
4714
4721
  EpisodeId?: __stringMin1Max20;
4715
4722
  /**
4716
- * Specify the Amazon S3 location where you want MediaConvert to save your Nielsen non-linear metadata .zip file. This Amazon S3 bucket must be in the same Region as the one where you do your MediaConvert transcoding. If you want to include an ADI file in this .zip file, use the setting ADI file (adiFilename) to specify it. MediaConvert delivers the Nielsen metadata .zip files only to your metadata destination Amazon S3 bucket. It doesn't deliver the .zip files to Nielsen. You are responsible for delivering the metadata .zip files to Nielsen.
4723
+ * Specify the Amazon S3 location where you want MediaConvert to save your Nielsen non-linear metadata .zip file. This Amazon S3 bucket must be in the same Region as the one where you do your MediaConvert transcoding. If you want to include an ADI file in this .zip file, use the setting ADI file to specify it. MediaConvert delivers the Nielsen metadata .zip files only to your metadata destination Amazon S3 bucket. It doesn't deliver the .zip files to Nielsen. You are responsible for delivering the metadata .zip files to Nielsen.
4717
4724
  */
4718
4725
  MetadataDestination?: __stringPatternS3;
4719
4726
  /**
@@ -4721,7 +4728,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4721
4728
  */
4722
4729
  SourceId?: __integerMin0Max65534;
4723
4730
  /**
4724
- * Required. Specify whether your source content already contains Nielsen non-linear watermarks. When you set this value to Watermarked (WATERMARKED), the service fails the job. Nielsen requires that you add non-linear watermarking to only clean content that doesn't already have non-linear Nielsen watermarks.
4731
+ * Required. Specify whether your source content already contains Nielsen non-linear watermarks. When you set this value to Watermarked, the service fails the job. Nielsen requires that you add non-linear watermarking to only clean content that doesn't already have non-linear Nielsen watermarks.
4725
4732
  */
4726
4733
  SourceWatermarkStatus?: NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType;
4727
4734
  /**
@@ -4729,7 +4736,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4729
4736
  */
4730
4737
  TicServerUrl?: __stringPatternHttps;
4731
4738
  /**
4732
- * To create assets that have the same TIC values in each audio track, keep the default value Share TICs (SAME_TICS_PER_TRACK). To create assets that have unique TIC values for each audio track, choose Use unique TICs (RESERVE_UNIQUE_TICS_PER_TRACK).
4739
+ * To create assets that have the same TIC values in each audio track, keep the default value Share TICs. To create assets that have unique TIC values for each audio track, choose Use unique TICs.
4733
4740
  */
4734
4741
  UniqueTicPerAudioTrack?: NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType;
4735
4742
  }
@@ -4739,7 +4746,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4739
4746
  export type NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength = "LOW"|"MEDIUM"|"HIGH"|string;
4740
4747
  export interface NoiseReducer {
4741
4748
  /**
4742
- * Use Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter) to select one of the following spatial image filtering functions. To use this setting, you must also enable Noise reducer (NoiseReducer). * Bilateral preserves edges while reducing noise. * Mean (softest), Gaussian, Lanczos, and Sharpen (sharpest) do convolution filtering. * Conserve does min/max noise reduction. * Spatial does frequency-domain filtering based on JND principles. * Temporal optimizes video quality for complex motion.
4749
+ * Use Noise reducer filter to select one of the following spatial image filtering functions. To use this setting, you must also enable Noise reducer. * Bilateral preserves edges while reducing noise. * Mean (softest), Gaussian, Lanczos, and Sharpen (sharpest) do convolution filtering. * Conserve does min/max noise reduction. * Spatial does frequency-domain filtering based on JND principles. * Temporal optimizes video quality for complex motion.
4743
4750
  */
4744
4751
  Filter?: NoiseReducerFilter;
4745
4752
  /**
@@ -4782,11 +4789,11 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4782
4789
  */
4783
4790
  AggressiveMode?: __integerMin0Max4;
4784
4791
  /**
4785
- * When you set Noise reducer (noiseReducer) to Temporal (TEMPORAL), the bandwidth and sharpness of your output is reduced. You can optionally use Post temporal sharpening (postTemporalSharpening) to apply sharpening to the edges of your output. Note that Post temporal sharpening will also make the bandwidth reduction from the Noise reducer smaller. The default behavior, Auto (AUTO), allows the transcoder to determine whether to apply sharpening, depending on your input type and quality. When you set Post temporal sharpening to Enabled (ENABLED), specify how much sharpening is applied using Post temporal sharpening strength (postTemporalSharpeningStrength). Set Post temporal sharpening to Disabled (DISABLED) to not apply sharpening.
4792
+ * When you set Noise reducer to Temporal, the bandwidth and sharpness of your output is reduced. You can optionally use Post temporal sharpening to apply sharpening to the edges of your output. Note that Post temporal sharpening will also make the bandwidth reduction from the Noise reducer smaller. The default behavior, Auto, allows the transcoder to determine whether to apply sharpening, depending on your input type and quality. When you set Post temporal sharpening to Enabled, specify how much sharpening is applied using Post temporal sharpening strength. Set Post temporal sharpening to Disabled to not apply sharpening.
4786
4793
  */
4787
4794
  PostTemporalSharpening?: NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening;
4788
4795
  /**
4789
- * Use Post temporal sharpening strength (postTemporalSharpeningStrength) to define the amount of sharpening the transcoder applies to your output. Set Post temporal sharpening strength to Low (LOW), Medium (MEDIUM), or High (HIGH) to indicate the amount of sharpening.
4796
+ * Use Post temporal sharpening strength to define the amount of sharpening the transcoder applies to your output. Set Post temporal sharpening strength to Low, Medium, or High to indicate the amount of sharpening.
4790
4797
  */
4791
4798
  PostTemporalSharpeningStrength?: NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength;
4792
4799
  /**
@@ -4804,7 +4811,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4804
4811
  */
4805
4812
  Bitrate?: __integerMin32000Max192000;
4806
4813
  /**
4807
- * Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono on the console gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2.
4814
+ * Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono on gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2.
4808
4815
  */
4809
4816
  Channels?: __integerMin1Max2;
4810
4817
  /**
@@ -4815,11 +4822,11 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4815
4822
  export type Order = "ASCENDING"|"DESCENDING"|string;
4816
4823
  export interface Output {
4817
4824
  /**
4818
- * (AudioDescriptions) contains groups of audio encoding settings organized by audio codec. Include one instance of (AudioDescriptions) per output. (AudioDescriptions) can contain multiple groups of encoding settings.
4825
+ * Contains groups of audio encoding settings organized by audio codec. Include one instance of per output. Can contain multiple groups of encoding settings.
4819
4826
  */
4820
4827
  AudioDescriptions?: __listOfAudioDescription;
4821
4828
  /**
4822
- * (CaptionDescriptions) contains groups of captions settings. For each output that has captions, include one instance of (CaptionDescriptions). (CaptionDescriptions) can contain multiple groups of captions settings.
4829
+ * Contains groups of captions settings. For each output that has captions, include one instance of CaptionDescriptions. Can contain multiple groups of captions settings.
4823
4830
  */
4824
4831
  CaptionDescriptions?: __listOfCaptionDescription;
4825
4832
  /**
@@ -4827,11 +4834,11 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4827
4834
  */
4828
4835
  ContainerSettings?: ContainerSettings;
4829
4836
  /**
4830
- * Use Extension (Extension) to specify the file extension for outputs in File output groups. If you do not specify a value, the service will use default extensions by container type as follows * MPEG-2 transport stream, m2ts * Quicktime, mov * MXF container, mxf * MPEG-4 container, mp4 * WebM container, webm * No Container, the service will use codec extensions (e.g. AAC, H265, H265, AC3)
4837
+ * Use Extension to specify the file extension for outputs in File output groups. If you do not specify a value, the service will use default extensions by container type as follows * MPEG-2 transport stream, m2ts * Quicktime, mov * MXF container, mxf * MPEG-4 container, mp4 * WebM container, webm * No Container, the service will use codec extensions (e.g. AAC, H265, H265, AC3)
4831
4838
  */
4832
4839
  Extension?: __string;
4833
4840
  /**
4834
- * Use Name modifier (NameModifier) to have the service add a string to the end of each output filename. You specify the base filename as part of your destination URI. When you create multiple outputs in the same output group, Name modifier (NameModifier) is required. Name modifier also accepts format identifiers. For DASH ISO outputs, if you use the format identifiers $Number$ or $Time$ in one output, you must use them in the same way in all outputs of the output group.
4841
+ * Use Name modifier to have the service add a string to the end of each output filename. You specify the base filename as part of your destination URI. When you create multiple outputs in the same output group, Name modifier is required. Name modifier also accepts format identifiers. For DASH ISO outputs, if you use the format identifiers $Number$ or $Time$ in one output, you must use them in the same way in all outputs of the output group.
4835
4842
  */
4836
4843
  NameModifier?: __stringMin1;
4837
4844
  /**
@@ -4839,7 +4846,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4839
4846
  */
4840
4847
  OutputSettings?: OutputSettings;
4841
4848
  /**
4842
- * Use Preset (Preset) to specify a preset for your transcoding settings. Provide the system or custom preset name. You can specify either Preset (Preset) or Container settings (ContainerSettings), but not both.
4849
+ * Use Preset to specify a preset for your transcoding settings. Provide the system or custom preset name. You can specify either Preset or Container settings, but not both.
4843
4850
  */
4844
4851
  Preset?: __stringMin0;
4845
4852
  /**
@@ -4873,7 +4880,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4873
4880
  */
4874
4881
  AutomatedEncodingSettings?: AutomatedEncodingSettings;
4875
4882
  /**
4876
- * Use Custom Group Name (CustomName) to specify a name for the output group. This value is displayed on the console and can make your job settings JSON more human-readable. It does not affect your outputs. Use up to twelve characters that are either letters, numbers, spaces, or underscores.
4883
+ * Use Custom Group Name to specify a name for the output group. This value is displayed on the console and can make your job settings JSON more human-readable. It does not affect your outputs. Use up to twelve characters that are either letters, numbers, spaces, or underscores.
4877
4884
  */
4878
4885
  CustomName?: __string;
4879
4886
  /**
@@ -4897,23 +4904,23 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4897
4904
  }
4898
4905
  export interface OutputGroupSettings {
4899
4906
  /**
4900
- * Settings related to your CMAF output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set Type, under OutputGroupSettings, to CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS.
4907
+ * Settings related to your CMAF output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.
4901
4908
  */
4902
4909
  CmafGroupSettings?: CmafGroupSettings;
4903
4910
  /**
4904
- * Settings related to your DASH output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set Type, under OutputGroupSettings, to DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS.
4911
+ * Settings related to your DASH output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.
4905
4912
  */
4906
4913
  DashIsoGroupSettings?: DashIsoGroupSettings;
4907
4914
  /**
4908
- * Settings related to your File output group. MediaConvert uses this group of settings to generate a single standalone file, rather than a streaming package. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set Type, under OutputGroupSettings, to FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS.
4915
+ * Settings related to your File output group. MediaConvert uses this group of settings to generate a single standalone file, rather than a streaming package.
4909
4916
  */
4910
4917
  FileGroupSettings?: FileGroupSettings;
4911
4918
  /**
4912
- * Settings related to your HLS output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set Type, under OutputGroupSettings, to HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS.
4919
+ * Settings related to your HLS output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.
4913
4920
  */
4914
4921
  HlsGroupSettings?: HlsGroupSettings;
4915
4922
  /**
4916
- * Settings related to your Microsoft Smooth Streaming output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set Type, under OutputGroupSettings, to MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS.
4923
+ * Settings related to your Microsoft Smooth Streaming output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.
4917
4924
  */
4918
4925
  MsSmoothGroupSettings?: MsSmoothGroupSettings;
4919
4926
  /**
@@ -4987,7 +4994,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
4987
4994
  export type PresetListBy = "NAME"|"CREATION_DATE"|"SYSTEM"|string;
4988
4995
  export interface PresetSettings {
4989
4996
  /**
4990
- * (AudioDescriptions) contains groups of audio encoding settings organized by audio codec. Include one instance of (AudioDescriptions) per output. (AudioDescriptions) can contain multiple groups of encoding settings.
4997
+ * Contains groups of audio encoding settings organized by audio codec. Include one instance of per output. Can contain multiple groups of encoding settings.
4991
4998
  */
4992
4999
  AudioDescriptions?: __listOfAudioDescription;
4993
5000
  /**
@@ -5013,15 +5020,15 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5013
5020
  export type ProresScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED"|"INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"|string;
5014
5021
  export interface ProresSettings {
5015
5022
  /**
5016
- * This setting applies only to ProRes 4444 and ProRes 4444 XQ outputs that you create from inputs that use 4:4:4 chroma sampling. Set Preserve 4:4:4 sampling (PRESERVE_444_SAMPLING) to allow outputs to also use 4:4:4 chroma sampling. You must specify a value for this setting when your output codec profile supports 4:4:4 chroma sampling. Related Settings: For Apple ProRes outputs with 4:4:4 chroma sampling: Choose Preserve 4:4:4 sampling. Use when your input has 4:4:4 chroma sampling and your output codec Profile is Apple ProRes 4444 or 4444 XQ. Note that when you choose Preserve 4:4:4 sampling, you cannot include any of the following Preprocessors: Dolby Vision, HDR10+, or Noise reducer.
5023
+ * This setting applies only to ProRes 4444 and ProRes 4444 XQ outputs that you create from inputs that use 4:4:4 chroma sampling. Set Preserve 4:4:4 sampling to allow outputs to also use 4:4:4 chroma sampling. You must specify a value for this setting when your output codec profile supports 4:4:4 chroma sampling. Related Settings: For Apple ProRes outputs with 4:4:4 chroma sampling: Choose Preserve 4:4:4 sampling. Use when your input has 4:4:4 chroma sampling and your output codec Profile is Apple ProRes 4444 or 4444 XQ. Note that when you choose Preserve 4:4:4 sampling, you cannot include any of the following Preprocessors: Dolby Vision, HDR10+, or Noise reducer.
5017
5024
  */
5018
5025
  ChromaSampling?: ProresChromaSampling;
5019
5026
  /**
5020
- * Use Profile (ProResCodecProfile) to specify the type of Apple ProRes codec to use for this output.
5027
+ * Use Profile to specify the type of Apple ProRes codec to use for this output.
5021
5028
  */
5022
5029
  CodecProfile?: ProresCodecProfile;
5023
5030
  /**
5024
- * If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
5031
+ * If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
5025
5032
  */
5026
5033
  FramerateControl?: ProresFramerateControl;
5027
5034
  /**
@@ -5037,31 +5044,31 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5037
5044
  */
5038
5045
  FramerateNumerator?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
5039
5046
  /**
5040
- * Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use Top field first (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom field first (BOTTOM_FIELD) to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, default bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
5047
+ * Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow, default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
5041
5048
  */
5042
5049
  InterlaceMode?: ProresInterlaceMode;
5043
5050
  /**
5044
- * Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
5051
+ * Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR, choose any value other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
5045
5052
  */
5046
5053
  ParControl?: ProresParControl;
5047
5054
  /**
5048
- * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
5055
+ * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
5049
5056
  */
5050
5057
  ParDenominator?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
5051
5058
  /**
5052
- * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
5059
+ * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
5053
5060
  */
5054
5061
  ParNumerator?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
5055
5062
  /**
5056
- * Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing (INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE) to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing (INTERLACED), for all other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine (telecine) to None (NONE) or Soft (SOFT). You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode (interlaceMode) to a value other than Progressive (PROGRESSIVE).
5063
+ * Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
5057
5064
  */
5058
5065
  ScanTypeConversionMode?: ProresScanTypeConversionMode;
5059
5066
  /**
5060
- * Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set Framerate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
5067
+ * Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set Framerate to 25.
5061
5068
  */
5062
5069
  SlowPal?: ProresSlowPal;
5063
5070
  /**
5064
- * When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard telecine (HARD) to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value, None (NONE), MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
5071
+ * When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard telecine to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value, None, MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
5065
5072
  */
5066
5073
  Telecine?: ProresTelecine;
5067
5074
  }
@@ -5161,7 +5168,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5161
5168
  }
5162
5169
  export interface RemixSettings {
5163
5170
  /**
5164
- * Channel mapping (ChannelMapping) contains the group of fields that hold the remixing value for each channel, in dB. Specify remix values to indicate how much of the content from your input audio channel you want in your output audio channels. Each instance of the InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune array specifies these values for one output channel. Use one instance of this array for each output channel. In the console, each array corresponds to a column in the graphical depiction of the mapping matrix. The rows of the graphical matrix correspond to input channels. Valid values are within the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel unchanged to the output channel (no attenuation or amplification). Use InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune to specify your remix values. Don't use both.
5171
+ * Channel mapping contains the group of fields that hold the remixing value for each channel, in dB. Specify remix values to indicate how much of the content from your input audio channel you want in your output audio channels. Each instance of the InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune array specifies these values for one output channel. Use one instance of this array for each output channel. In the console, each array corresponds to a column in the graphical depiction of the mapping matrix. The rows of the graphical matrix correspond to input channels. Valid values are within the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel unchanged to the output channel (no attenuation or amplification). Use InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune to specify your remix values. Don't use both.
5165
5172
  */
5166
5173
  ChannelMapping?: ChannelMapping;
5167
5174
  /**
@@ -5246,15 +5253,15 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5246
5253
  }
5247
5254
  export interface S3EncryptionSettings {
5248
5255
  /**
5249
- * Specify how you want your data keys managed. AWS uses data keys to encrypt your content. AWS also encrypts the data keys themselves, using a customer master key (CMK), and then stores the encrypted data keys alongside your encrypted content. Use this setting to specify which AWS service manages the CMK. For simplest set up, choose Amazon S3 (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_S3). If you want your master key to be managed by AWS Key Management Service (KMS), choose AWS KMS (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS). By default, when you choose AWS KMS, KMS uses the AWS managed customer master key (CMK) associated with Amazon S3 to encrypt your data keys. You can optionally choose to specify a different, customer managed CMK. Do so by specifying the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the key for the setting KMS ARN (kmsKeyArn).
5256
+ * Specify how you want your data keys managed. AWS uses data keys to encrypt your content. AWS also encrypts the data keys themselves, using a customer master key (CMK), and then stores the encrypted data keys alongside your encrypted content. Use this setting to specify which AWS service manages the CMK. For simplest set up, choose Amazon S3. If you want your master key to be managed by AWS Key Management Service (KMS), choose AWS KMS. By default, when you choose AWS KMS, KMS uses the AWS managed customer master key (CMK) associated with Amazon S3 to encrypt your data keys. You can optionally choose to specify a different, customer managed CMK. Do so by specifying the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the key for the setting KMS ARN.
5250
5257
  */
5251
5258
  EncryptionType?: S3ServerSideEncryptionType;
5252
5259
  /**
5253
- * Optionally, specify the encryption context that you want to use alongside your KMS key. AWS KMS uses this encryption context as additional authenticated data (AAD) to support authenticated encryption. This value must be a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON which represents a string-string map. To use this setting, you must also set Server-side encryption (S3ServerSideEncryptionType) to AWS KMS (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS). For more information about encryption context, see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context.
5260
+ * Optionally, specify the encryption context that you want to use alongside your KMS key. AWS KMS uses this encryption context as additional authenticated data (AAD) to support authenticated encryption. This value must be a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON which represents a string-string map. To use this setting, you must also set Server-side encryption to AWS KMS. For more information about encryption context, see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context.
5254
5261
  */
5255
5262
  KmsEncryptionContext?: __stringPatternAZaZ0902;
5256
5263
  /**
5257
- * Optionally, specify the customer master key (CMK) that you want to use to encrypt the data key that AWS uses to encrypt your output content. Enter the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK. To use this setting, you must also set Server-side encryption (S3ServerSideEncryptionType) to AWS KMS (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS). If you set Server-side encryption to AWS KMS but don't specify a CMK here, AWS uses the AWS managed CMK associated with Amazon S3.
5264
+ * Optionally, specify the customer master key (CMK) that you want to use to encrypt the data key that AWS uses to encrypt your output content. Enter the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK. To use this setting, you must also set Server-side encryption to AWS KMS. If you set Server-side encryption to AWS KMS but don't specify a CMK here, AWS uses the AWS managed CMK associated with Amazon S3.
5258
5265
  */
5259
5266
  KmsKeyArn?: __stringPatternArnAwsUsGovCnKmsAZ26EastWestCentralNorthSouthEastWest1912D12KeyAFAF098AFAF094AFAF094AFAF094AFAF0912MrkAFAF0932;
5260
5267
  }
@@ -5265,7 +5272,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5265
5272
  export type SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_23_97"|"FRAMERATE_24"|"FRAMERATE_25"|"FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME"|"FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME"|string;
5266
5273
  export interface SccDestinationSettings {
5267
5274
  /**
5268
- * Set Framerate (SccDestinationFramerate) to make sure that the captions and the video are synchronized in the output. Specify a frame rate that matches the frame rate of the associated video. If the video frame rate is 29.97, choose 29.97 dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME) only if the video has video_insertion=true and drop_frame_timecode=true; otherwise, choose 29.97 non-dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME).
5275
+ * Set Framerate to make sure that the captions and the video are synchronized in the output. Specify a frame rate that matches the frame rate of the associated video. If the video frame rate is 29.97, choose 29.97 dropframe only if the video has video_insertion=true and drop_frame_timecode=true; otherwise, choose 29.97 non-dropframe.
5269
5276
  */
5270
5277
  Framerate?: SccDestinationFramerate;
5271
5278
  }
@@ -5313,7 +5320,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5313
5320
  }
5314
5321
  export interface SrtDestinationSettings {
5315
5322
  /**
5316
- * Set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to ENABLED to use the available style, color, and position information from your input captions. MediaConvert uses default settings for any missing style and position information in your input captions. Set Style passthrough to DISABLED, or leave blank, to ignore the style and position information from your input captions and use simplified output captions.
5323
+ * Set Style passthrough to ENABLED to use the available style, color, and position information from your input captions. MediaConvert uses default settings for any missing style and position information in your input captions. Set Style passthrough to DISABLED, or leave blank, to ignore the style and position information from your input captions and use simplified output captions.
5317
5324
  */
5318
5325
  StylePassthrough?: SrtStylePassthrough;
5319
5326
  }
@@ -5328,7 +5335,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5328
5335
  */
5329
5336
  KeyFormatVersions?: __stringPatternDD;
5330
5337
  /**
5331
- * Relates to DRM implementation. Use a 32-character hexidecimal string to specify Key Value (StaticKeyValue).
5338
+ * Relates to DRM implementation. Use a 32-character hexidecimal string to specify Key Value.
5332
5339
  */
5333
5340
  StaticKeyValue?: __stringPatternAZaZ0932;
5334
5341
  /**
@@ -5355,47 +5362,47 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5355
5362
  */
5356
5363
  PageNumber?: __stringMin3Max3Pattern1809aFAF09aEAE;
5357
5364
  /**
5358
- * Specify the page types for this Teletext page. If you don't specify a value here, the service sets the page type to the default value Subtitle (PAGE_TYPE_SUBTITLE). If you pass through the entire set of Teletext data, don't use this field. When you pass through a set of Teletext pages, your output has the same page types as your input.
5365
+ * Specify the page types for this Teletext page. If you don't specify a value here, the service sets the page type to the default value Subtitle. If you pass through the entire set of Teletext data, don't use this field. When you pass through a set of Teletext pages, your output has the same page types as your input.
5359
5366
  */
5360
5367
  PageTypes?: __listOfTeletextPageType;
5361
5368
  }
5362
5369
  export type TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_INITIAL"|"PAGE_TYPE_SUBTITLE"|"PAGE_TYPE_ADDL_INFO"|"PAGE_TYPE_PROGRAM_SCHEDULE"|"PAGE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED_SUBTITLE"|string;
5363
5370
  export interface TeletextSourceSettings {
5364
5371
  /**
5365
- * Use Page Number (PageNumber) to specify the three-digit hexadecimal page number that will be used for Teletext captions. Do not use this setting if you are passing through teletext from the input source to output.
5372
+ * Use Page Number to specify the three-digit hexadecimal page number that will be used for Teletext captions. Do not use this setting if you are passing through teletext from the input source to output.
5366
5373
  */
5367
5374
  PageNumber?: __stringMin3Max3Pattern1809aFAF09aEAE;
5368
5375
  }
5369
5376
  export interface TimecodeBurnin {
5370
5377
  /**
5371
- * Use Font Size (FontSize) to set the font size of any burned-in timecode. Valid values are 10, 16, 32, 48.
5378
+ * Use Font size to set the font size of any burned-in timecode. Valid values are 10, 16, 32, 48.
5372
5379
  */
5373
5380
  FontSize?: __integerMin10Max48;
5374
5381
  /**
5375
- * Use Position (Position) under under Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn) to specify the location the burned-in timecode on output video.
5382
+ * Use Position under Timecode burn-in to specify the location the burned-in timecode on output video.
5376
5383
  */
5377
5384
  Position?: TimecodeBurninPosition;
5378
5385
  /**
5379
- * Use Prefix (Prefix) to place ASCII characters before any burned-in timecode. For example, a prefix of "EZ-" will result in the timecode "EZ-00:00:00:00". Provide either the characters themselves or the ASCII code equivalents. The supported range of characters is 0x20 through 0x7e. This includes letters, numbers, and all special characters represented on a standard English keyboard.
5386
+ * Use Prefix to place ASCII characters before any burned-in timecode. For example, a prefix of "EZ-" will result in the timecode "EZ-00:00:00:00". Provide either the characters themselves or the ASCII code equivalents. The supported range of characters is 0x20 through 0x7e. This includes letters, numbers, and all special characters represented on a standard English keyboard.
5380
5387
  */
5381
5388
  Prefix?: __stringPattern;
5382
5389
  }
5383
5390
  export type TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_CENTER"|"TOP_LEFT"|"TOP_RIGHT"|"MIDDLE_LEFT"|"MIDDLE_CENTER"|"MIDDLE_RIGHT"|"BOTTOM_LEFT"|"BOTTOM_CENTER"|"BOTTOM_RIGHT"|string;
5384
5391
  export interface TimecodeConfig {
5385
5392
  /**
5386
- * If you use an editing platform that relies on an anchor timecode, use Anchor Timecode (Anchor) to specify a timecode that will match the input video frame to the output video frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) or (HH:MM:SS;FF). This setting ignores frame rate conversion. System behavior for Anchor Timecode varies depending on your setting for Source (TimecodeSource). * If Source (TimecodeSource) is set to Specified Start (SPECIFIEDSTART), the first input frame is the specified value in Start Timecode (Start). Anchor Timecode (Anchor) and Start Timecode (Start) are used calculate output timecode. * If Source (TimecodeSource) is set to Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) the first frame is 00:00:00:00. * If Source (TimecodeSource) is set to Embedded (EMBEDDED), the first frame is the timecode value on the first input frame of the input.
5393
+ * If you use an editing platform that relies on an anchor timecode, use Anchor Timecode to specify a timecode that will match the input video frame to the output video frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) or (HH:MM:SS;FF). This setting ignores frame rate conversion. System behavior for Anchor Timecode varies depending on your setting for Source. * If Source is set to Specified Start, the first input frame is the specified value in Start Timecode. Anchor Timecode and Start Timecode are used calculate output timecode. * If Source is set to Start at 0 the first frame is 00:00:00:00. * If Source is set to Embedded, the first frame is the timecode value on the first input frame of the input.
5387
5394
  */
5388
5395
  Anchor?: __stringPattern010920405090509092;
5389
5396
  /**
5390
- * Use Source (TimecodeSource) to set how timecodes are handled within this job. To make sure that your video, audio, captions, and markers are synchronized and that time-based features, such as image inserter, work correctly, choose the Timecode source option that matches your assets. All timecodes are in a 24-hour format with frame number (HH:MM:SS:FF). * Embedded (EMBEDDED) - Use the timecode that is in the input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, the service will use Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) instead. * Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) - Set the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. * Specified Start (SPECIFIEDSTART) - Set the timecode of the initial frame to a value other than zero. You use Start timecode (Start) to provide this value.
5397
+ * Use Source to set how timecodes are handled within this job. To make sure that your video, audio, captions, and markers are synchronized and that time-based features, such as image inserter, work correctly, choose the Timecode source option that matches your assets. All timecodes are in a 24-hour format with frame number (HH:MM:SS:FF). * Embedded - Use the timecode that is in the input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, the service will use Start at 0 instead. * Start at 0 - Set the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. * Specified Start - Set the timecode of the initial frame to a value other than zero. You use Start timecode to provide this value.
5391
5398
  */
5392
5399
  Source?: TimecodeSource;
5393
5400
  /**
5394
- * Only use when you set Source (TimecodeSource) to Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART). Use Start timecode (Start) to specify the timecode for the initial frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) or (HH:MM:SS;FF).
5401
+ * Only use when you set Source to Specified start. Use Start timecode to specify the timecode for the initial frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) or (HH:MM:SS;FF).
5395
5402
  */
5396
5403
  Start?: __stringPattern010920405090509092;
5397
5404
  /**
5398
- * Only applies to outputs that support program-date-time stamp. Use Timestamp offset (TimestampOffset) to overwrite the timecode date without affecting the time and frame number. Provide the new date as a string in the format "yyyy-mm-dd". To use Time stamp offset, you must also enable Insert program-date-time (InsertProgramDateTime) in the output settings. For example, if the date part of your timecodes is 2002-1-25 and you want to change it to one year later, set Timestamp offset (TimestampOffset) to 2003-1-25.
5405
+ * Only applies to outputs that support program-date-time stamp. Use Timestamp offset to overwrite the timecode date without affecting the time and frame number. Provide the new date as a string in the format "yyyy-mm-dd". To use Timestamp offset, you must also enable Insert program-date-time in the output settings. For example, if the date part of your timecodes is 2002-1-25 and you want to change it to one year later, set Timestamp offset to 2003-1-25.
5399
5406
  */
5400
5407
  TimestampOffset?: __stringPattern0940191020191209301;
5401
5408
  }
@@ -5546,7 +5553,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5546
5553
  export type Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED"|"INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"|string;
5547
5554
  export interface Vc3Settings {
5548
5555
  /**
5549
- * If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
5556
+ * If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
5550
5557
  */
5551
5558
  FramerateControl?: Vc3FramerateControl;
5552
5559
  /**
@@ -5566,19 +5573,19 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5566
5573
  */
5567
5574
  InterlaceMode?: Vc3InterlaceMode;
5568
5575
  /**
5569
- * Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing (INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE) to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing (INTERLACED), for all other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine (telecine) to None (NONE) or Soft (SOFT). You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode (interlaceMode) to a value other than Progressive (PROGRESSIVE).
5576
+ * Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing to create a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to None or Soft. You can't use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode to a value other than Progressive.
5570
5577
  */
5571
5578
  ScanTypeConversionMode?: Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode;
5572
5579
  /**
5573
- * Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output by relabeling the video frames and resampling your audio. Note that enabling this setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Related settings: You must also set Framerate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
5580
+ * Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output by relabeling the video frames and resampling your audio. Note that enabling this setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Related settings: You must also set Framerate to 25.
5574
5581
  */
5575
5582
  SlowPal?: Vc3SlowPal;
5576
5583
  /**
5577
- * When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard telecine (HARD) to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value, None (NONE), MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
5584
+ * When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97 fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard telecine to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value, None, MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
5578
5585
  */
5579
5586
  Telecine?: Vc3Telecine;
5580
5587
  /**
5581
- * Specify the VC3 class to choose the quality characteristics for this output. VC3 class, together with the settings Framerate (framerateNumerator and framerateDenominator) and Resolution (height and width), determine your output bitrate. For example, say that your video resolution is 1920x1080 and your framerate is 29.97. Then Class 145 (CLASS_145) gives you an output with a bitrate of approximately 145 Mbps and Class 220 (CLASS_220) gives you and output with a bitrate of approximately 220 Mbps. VC3 class also specifies the color bit depth of your output.
5588
+ * Specify the VC3 class to choose the quality characteristics for this output. VC3 class, together with the settings Framerate (framerateNumerator and framerateDenominator) and Resolution (height and width), determine your output bitrate. For example, say that your video resolution is 1920x1080 and your framerate is 29.97. Then Class 145 gives you an output with a bitrate of approximately 145 Mbps and Class 220 gives you and output with a bitrate of approximately 220 Mbps. VC3 class also specifies the color bit depth of your output.
5582
5589
  */
5583
5590
  Vc3Class?: Vc3Class;
5584
5591
  }
@@ -5596,15 +5603,15 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5596
5603
  */
5597
5604
  AvcIntraSettings?: AvcIntraSettings;
5598
5605
  /**
5599
- * Specifies the video codec. This must be equal to one of the enum values defined by the object VideoCodec. To passthrough the video stream of your input JPEG2000, VC-3, AVC-INTRA or Apple ProRes video without any video encoding: Choose Passthrough. If you have multiple input videos, note that they must have identical encoding attributes. When you choose Passthrough, your output container must be MXF or QuickTime MOV.
5606
+ * Specifies the video codec. This must be equal to one of the enum values defined by the object VideoCodec. To passthrough the video stream of your input JPEG2000, VC-3, AVC-INTRA or Apple ProRes video without any video encoding: Choose Passthrough. If you have multiple input videos, note that they must have identical encoding attributes. When you choose Passthrough, your output container must be MXF or QuickTime MOV.
5600
5607
  */
5601
5608
  Codec?: VideoCodec;
5602
5609
  /**
5603
- * Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value FRAME_CAPTURE.
5610
+ * Required when you set Codec to the value FRAME_CAPTURE.
5604
5611
  */
5605
5612
  FrameCaptureSettings?: FrameCaptureSettings;
5606
5613
  /**
5607
- * Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value H_264.
5614
+ * Required when you set Codec to the value H_264.
5608
5615
  */
5609
5616
  H264Settings?: H264Settings;
5610
5617
  /**
@@ -5612,33 +5619,33 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5612
5619
  */
5613
5620
  H265Settings?: H265Settings;
5614
5621
  /**
5615
- * Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value MPEG2.
5622
+ * Required when you set Codec to the value MPEG2.
5616
5623
  */
5617
5624
  Mpeg2Settings?: Mpeg2Settings;
5618
5625
  /**
5619
- * Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value PRORES.
5626
+ * Required when you set Codec to the value PRORES.
5620
5627
  */
5621
5628
  ProresSettings?: ProresSettings;
5622
5629
  /**
5623
- * Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value VC3
5630
+ * Required when you set Codec to the value VC3
5624
5631
  */
5625
5632
  Vc3Settings?: Vc3Settings;
5626
5633
  /**
5627
- * Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value VP8.
5634
+ * Required when you set Codec to the value VP8.
5628
5635
  */
5629
5636
  Vp8Settings?: Vp8Settings;
5630
5637
  /**
5631
- * Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value VP9.
5638
+ * Required when you set Codec to the value VP9.
5632
5639
  */
5633
5640
  Vp9Settings?: Vp9Settings;
5634
5641
  /**
5635
- * Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value XAVC.
5642
+ * Required when you set Codec to the value XAVC.
5636
5643
  */
5637
5644
  XavcSettings?: XavcSettings;
5638
5645
  }
5639
5646
  export interface VideoDescription {
5640
5647
  /**
5641
- * This setting only applies to H.264, H.265, and MPEG2 outputs. Use Insert AFD signaling (AfdSignaling) to specify whether the service includes AFD values in the output video data and what those values are. * Choose None to remove all AFD values from this output. * Choose Fixed to ignore input AFD values and instead encode the value specified in the job. * Choose Auto to calculate output AFD values based on the input AFD scaler data.
5648
+ * This setting only applies to H.264, H.265, and MPEG2 outputs. Use Insert AFD signaling to specify whether the service includes AFD values in the output video data and what those values are. * Choose None to remove all AFD values from this output. * Choose Fixed to ignore input AFD values and instead encode the value specified in the job. * Choose Auto to calculate output AFD values based on the input AFD scaler data.
5642
5649
  */
5643
5650
  AfdSignaling?: AfdSignaling;
5644
5651
  /**
@@ -5646,23 +5653,23 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5646
5653
  */
5647
5654
  AntiAlias?: AntiAlias;
5648
5655
  /**
5649
- * Video codec settings, (CodecSettings) under (VideoDescription), contains the group of settings related to video encoding. The settings in this group vary depending on the value that you choose for Video codec (Codec). For each codec enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AV1, Av1Settings * AVC_INTRA, AvcIntraSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE, FrameCaptureSettings * H_264, H264Settings * H_265, H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES, ProresSettings * VC3, Vc3Settings * VP8, Vp8Settings * VP9, Vp9Settings * XAVC, XavcSettings
5656
+ * Video codec settings contains the group of settings related to video encoding. The settings in this group vary depending on the value that you choose for Video codec. For each codec enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AV1, Av1Settings * AVC_INTRA, AvcIntraSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE, FrameCaptureSettings * H_264, H264Settings * H_265, H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES, ProresSettings * VC3, Vc3Settings * VP8, Vp8Settings * VP9, Vp9Settings * XAVC, XavcSettings
5650
5657
  */
5651
5658
  CodecSettings?: VideoCodecSettings;
5652
5659
  /**
5653
- * Choose Insert (INSERT) for this setting to include color metadata in this output. Choose Ignore (IGNORE) to exclude color metadata from this output. If you don't specify a value, the service sets this to Insert by default.
5660
+ * Choose Insert for this setting to include color metadata in this output. Choose Ignore to exclude color metadata from this output. If you don't specify a value, the service sets this to Insert by default.
5654
5661
  */
5655
5662
  ColorMetadata?: ColorMetadata;
5656
5663
  /**
5657
- * Use Cropping selection (crop) to specify the video area that the service will include in the output video frame.
5664
+ * Use Cropping selection to specify the video area that the service will include in the output video frame.
5658
5665
  */
5659
5666
  Crop?: Rectangle;
5660
5667
  /**
5661
- * Applies only to 29.97 fps outputs. When this feature is enabled, the service will use drop-frame timecode on outputs. If it is not possible to use drop-frame timecode, the system will fall back to non-drop-frame. This setting is enabled by default when Timecode insertion (TimecodeInsertion) is enabled.
5668
+ * Applies only to 29.97 fps outputs. When this feature is enabled, the service will use drop-frame timecode on outputs. If it is not possible to use drop-frame timecode, the system will fall back to non-drop-frame. This setting is enabled by default when Timecode insertion is enabled.
5662
5669
  */
5663
5670
  DropFrameTimecode?: DropFrameTimecode;
5664
5671
  /**
5665
- * Applies only if you set AFD Signaling(AfdSignaling) to Fixed (FIXED). Use Fixed (FixedAfd) to specify a four-bit AFD value which the service will write on all frames of this video output.
5672
+ * Applies only if you set AFD Signaling to Fixed. Use Fixed to specify a four-bit AFD value which the service will write on all frames of this video output.
5666
5673
  */
5667
5674
  FixedAfd?: __integerMin0Max15;
5668
5675
  /**
@@ -5670,27 +5677,27 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5670
5677
  */
5671
5678
  Height?: __integerMin32Max8192;
5672
5679
  /**
5673
- * Use Selection placement (position) to define the video area in your output frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black.
5680
+ * Use Selection placement to define the video area in your output frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black.
5674
5681
  */
5675
5682
  Position?: Rectangle;
5676
5683
  /**
5677
- * Use Respond to AFD (RespondToAfd) to specify how the service changes the video itself in response to AFD values in the input. * Choose Respond to clip the input video frame according to the AFD value, input display aspect ratio, and output display aspect ratio. * Choose Passthrough to include the input AFD values. Do not choose this when AfdSignaling is set to (NONE). A preferred implementation of this workflow is to set RespondToAfd to (NONE) and set AfdSignaling to (AUTO). * Choose None to remove all input AFD values from this output.
5684
+ * Use Respond to AFD to specify how the service changes the video itself in response to AFD values in the input. * Choose Respond to clip the input video frame according to the AFD value, input display aspect ratio, and output display aspect ratio. * Choose Passthrough to include the input AFD values. Do not choose this when AfdSignaling is set to NONE. A preferred implementation of this workflow is to set RespondToAfd to and set AfdSignaling to AUTO. * Choose None to remove all input AFD values from this output.
5678
5685
  */
5679
5686
  RespondToAfd?: RespondToAfd;
5680
5687
  /**
5681
- * Specify how the service handles outputs that have a different aspect ratio from the input aspect ratio. Choose Stretch to output (STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT) to have the service stretch your video image to fit. Keep the setting Default (DEFAULT) to have the service letterbox your video instead. This setting overrides any value that you specify for the setting Selection placement (position) in this output.
5688
+ * Specify how the service handles outputs that have a different aspect ratio from the input aspect ratio. Choose Stretch to output to have the service stretch your video image to fit. Keep the setting Default to have the service letterbox your video instead. This setting overrides any value that you specify for the setting Selection placement in this output.
5682
5689
  */
5683
5690
  ScalingBehavior?: ScalingBehavior;
5684
5691
  /**
5685
- * Use Sharpness (Sharpness) setting to specify the strength of anti-aliasing. This setting changes the width of the anti-alias filter kernel used for scaling. Sharpness only applies if your output resolution is different from your input resolution. 0 is the softest setting, 100 the sharpest, and 50 recommended for most content.
5692
+ * Use Sharpness setting to specify the strength of anti-aliasing. This setting changes the width of the anti-alias filter kernel used for scaling. Sharpness only applies if your output resolution is different from your input resolution. 0 is the softest setting, 100 the sharpest, and 50 recommended for most content.
5686
5693
  */
5687
5694
  Sharpness?: __integerMin0Max100;
5688
5695
  /**
5689
- * Applies only to H.264, H.265, MPEG2, and ProRes outputs. Only enable Timecode insertion when the input frame rate is identical to the output frame rate. To include timecodes in this output, set Timecode insertion (VideoTimecodeInsertion) to PIC_TIMING_SEI. To leave them out, set it to DISABLED. Default is DISABLED. When the service inserts timecodes in an output, by default, it uses any embedded timecodes from the input. If none are present, the service will set the timecode for the first output frame to zero. To change this default behavior, adjust the settings under Timecode configuration (TimecodeConfig). In the console, these settings are located under Job > Job settings > Timecode configuration. Note - Timecode source under input settings (InputTimecodeSource) does not affect the timecodes that are inserted in the output. Source under Job settings > Timecode configuration (TimecodeSource) does.
5696
+ * Applies only to H.264, H.265, MPEG2, and ProRes outputs. Only enable Timecode insertion when the input frame rate is identical to the output frame rate. To include timecodes in this output, set Timecode insertion to PIC_TIMING_SEI. To leave them out, set it to DISABLED. Default is DISABLED. When the service inserts timecodes in an output, by default, it uses any embedded timecodes from the input. If none are present, the service will set the timecode for the first output frame to zero. To change this default behavior, adjust the settings under Timecode configuration. In the console, these settings are located under Job > Job settings > Timecode configuration. Note - Timecode source under input settings does not affect the timecodes that are inserted in the output. Source under Job settings > Timecode configuration does.
5690
5697
  */
5691
5698
  TimecodeInsertion?: VideoTimecodeInsertion;
5692
5699
  /**
5693
- * Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors (VideoPreprocessors). Enable the features at each output individually. These features are disabled by default.
5700
+ * Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors. Enable the features at each output individually. These features are disabled by default.
5694
5701
  */
5695
5702
  VideoPreprocessors?: VideoPreprocessor;
5696
5703
  /**
@@ -5726,7 +5733,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5726
5733
  */
5727
5734
  Hdr10Plus?: Hdr10Plus;
5728
5735
  /**
5729
- * Enable the Image inserter (ImageInserter) feature to include a graphic overlay on your video. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. This setting is disabled by default.
5736
+ * Enable the Image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. This setting is disabled by default.
5730
5737
  */
5731
5738
  ImageInserter?: ImageInserter;
5732
5739
  /**
@@ -5757,23 +5764,23 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5757
5764
  */
5758
5765
  ColorSpace?: ColorSpace;
5759
5766
  /**
5760
- * There are two sources for color metadata, the input file and the job input settings Color space (ColorSpace) and HDR master display information settings(Hdr10Metadata). The Color space usage setting determines which takes precedence. Choose Force (FORCE) to use color metadata from the input job settings. If you don't specify values for those settings, the service defaults to using metadata from your input. FALLBACK - Choose Fallback (FALLBACK) to use color metadata from the source when it is present. If there's no color metadata in your input file, the service defaults to using values you specify in the input settings.
5767
+ * There are two sources for color metadata, the input file and the job input settings Color space and HDR master display information settings. The Color space usage setting determines which takes precedence. Choose Force to use color metadata from the input job settings. If you don't specify values for those settings, the service defaults to using metadata from your input. FALLBACK - Choose Fallback to use color metadata from the source when it is present. If there's no color metadata in your input file, the service defaults to using values you specify in the input settings.
5761
5768
  */
5762
5769
  ColorSpaceUsage?: ColorSpaceUsage;
5763
5770
  /**
5764
- * Set Embedded timecode override (embeddedTimecodeOverride) to Use MDPM (USE_MDPM) when your AVCHD input contains timecode tag data in the Modified Digital Video Pack Metadata (MDPM). When you do, we recommend you also set Timecode source (inputTimecodeSource) to Embedded (EMBEDDED). Leave Embedded timecode override blank, or set to None (NONE), when your input does not contain MDPM timecode.
5771
+ * Set Embedded timecode override to Use MDPM when your AVCHD input contains timecode tag data in the Modified Digital Video Pack Metadata. When you do, we recommend you also set Timecode source to Embedded. Leave Embedded timecode override blank, or set to None, when your input does not contain MDPM timecode.
5765
5772
  */
5766
5773
  EmbeddedTimecodeOverride?: EmbeddedTimecodeOverride;
5767
5774
  /**
5768
- * Use these settings to provide HDR 10 metadata that is missing or inaccurate in your input video. Appropriate values vary depending on the input video and must be provided by a color grader. The color grader generates these values during the HDR 10 mastering process. The valid range for each of these settings is 0 to 50,000. Each increment represents 0.00002 in CIE1931 color coordinate. Related settings - When you specify these values, you must also set Color space (ColorSpace) to HDR 10 (HDR10). To specify whether the the values you specify here take precedence over the values in the metadata of your input file, set Color space usage (ColorSpaceUsage). To specify whether color metadata is included in an output, set Color metadata (ColorMetadata). For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
5775
+ * Use these settings to provide HDR 10 metadata that is missing or inaccurate in your input video. Appropriate values vary depending on the input video and must be provided by a color grader. The color grader generates these values during the HDR 10 mastering process. The valid range for each of these settings is 0 to 50,000. Each increment represents 0.00002 in CIE1931 color coordinate. Related settings - When you specify these values, you must also set Color space to HDR 10. To specify whether the the values you specify here take precedence over the values in the metadata of your input file, set Color space usage. To specify whether color metadata is included in an output, set Color metadata. For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
5769
5776
  */
5770
5777
  Hdr10Metadata?: Hdr10Metadata;
5771
5778
  /**
5772
- * Use this setting if your input has video and audio durations that don't align, and your output or player has strict alignment requirements. Examples: Input audio track has a delayed start. Input video track ends before audio ends. When you set Pad video (padVideo) to Black (BLACK), MediaConvert generates black video frames so that output video and audio durations match. Black video frames are added at the beginning or end, depending on your input. To keep the default behavior and not generate black video, set Pad video to Disabled (DISABLED) or leave blank.
5779
+ * Use this setting if your input has video and audio durations that don't align, and your output or player has strict alignment requirements. Examples: Input audio track has a delayed start. Input video track ends before audio ends. When you set Pad video to Black, MediaConvert generates black video frames so that output video and audio durations match. Black video frames are added at the beginning or end, depending on your input. To keep the default behavior and not generate black video, set Pad video to Disabled or leave blank.
5773
5780
  */
5774
5781
  PadVideo?: PadVideo;
5775
5782
  /**
5776
- * Use PID (Pid) to select specific video data from an input file. Specify this value as an integer; the system automatically converts it to the hexidecimal value. For example, 257 selects PID 0x101. A PID, or packet identifier, is an identifier for a set of data in an MPEG-2 transport stream container.
5783
+ * Use PID to select specific video data from an input file. Specify this value as an integer; the system automatically converts it to the hexidecimal value. For example, 257 selects PID 0x101. A PID, or packet identifier, is an identifier for a set of data in an MPEG-2 transport stream container.
5777
5784
  */
5778
5785
  Pid?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
5779
5786
  /**
@@ -5781,11 +5788,11 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5781
5788
  */
5782
5789
  ProgramNumber?: __integerMinNegative2147483648Max2147483647;
5783
5790
  /**
5784
- * Use Rotate (InputRotate) to specify how the service rotates your video. You can choose automatic rotation or specify a rotation. You can specify a clockwise rotation of 0, 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If your input video container is .mov or .mp4 and your input has rotation metadata, you can choose Automatic to have the service rotate your video according to the rotation specified in the metadata. The rotation must be within one degree of 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If the rotation metadata specifies any other rotation, the service will default to no rotation. By default, the service does no rotation, even if your input video has rotation metadata. The service doesn't pass through rotation metadata.
5791
+ * Use Rotate to specify how the service rotates your video. You can choose automatic rotation or specify a rotation. You can specify a clockwise rotation of 0, 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If your input video container is .mov or .mp4 and your input has rotation metadata, you can choose Automatic to have the service rotate your video according to the rotation specified in the metadata. The rotation must be within one degree of 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If the rotation metadata specifies any other rotation, the service will default to no rotation. By default, the service does no rotation, even if your input video has rotation metadata. The service doesn't pass through rotation metadata.
5785
5792
  */
5786
5793
  Rotate?: InputRotate;
5787
5794
  /**
5788
- * If the sample range metadata in your input video is accurate, or if you don't know about sample range, keep the default value, Follow (FOLLOW), for this setting. When you do, the service automatically detects your input sample range. If your input video has metadata indicating the wrong sample range, specify the accurate sample range here. When you do, MediaConvert ignores any sample range information in the input metadata. Regardless of whether MediaConvert uses the input sample range or the sample range that you specify, MediaConvert uses the sample range for transcoding and also writes it to the output metadata.
5795
+ * If the sample range metadata in your input video is accurate, or if you don't know about sample range, keep the default value, Follow, for this setting. When you do, the service automatically detects your input sample range. If your input video has metadata indicating the wrong sample range, specify the accurate sample range here. When you do, MediaConvert ignores any sample range information in the input metadata. Regardless of whether MediaConvert uses the input sample range or the sample range that you specify, MediaConvert uses the sample range for transcoding and also writes it to the output metadata.
5789
5796
  */
5790
5797
  SampleRange?: InputSampleRange;
5791
5798
  }
@@ -5815,7 +5822,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5815
5822
  */
5816
5823
  Bitrate?: __integerMin1000Max1152000000;
5817
5824
  /**
5818
- * If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
5825
+ * If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
5819
5826
  */
5820
5827
  FramerateControl?: Vp8FramerateControl;
5821
5828
  /**
@@ -5843,19 +5850,19 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5843
5850
  */
5844
5851
  MaxBitrate?: __integerMin1000Max1152000000;
5845
5852
  /**
5846
- * Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
5853
+ * Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose any value other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
5847
5854
  */
5848
5855
  ParControl?: Vp8ParControl;
5849
5856
  /**
5850
- * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
5857
+ * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
5851
5858
  */
5852
5859
  ParDenominator?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
5853
5860
  /**
5854
- * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
5861
+ * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
5855
5862
  */
5856
5863
  ParNumerator?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
5857
5864
  /**
5858
- * Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality, multi-pass encoding.
5865
+ * Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality, multi-pass encoding.
5859
5866
  */
5860
5867
  QualityTuningLevel?: Vp8QualityTuningLevel;
5861
5868
  /**
@@ -5874,7 +5881,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5874
5881
  */
5875
5882
  Bitrate?: __integerMin1000Max480000000;
5876
5883
  /**
5877
- * If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
5884
+ * If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction.
5878
5885
  */
5879
5886
  FramerateControl?: Vp9FramerateControl;
5880
5887
  /**
@@ -5906,15 +5913,15 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5906
5913
  */
5907
5914
  ParControl?: Vp9ParControl;
5908
5915
  /**
5909
- * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
5916
+ * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
5910
5917
  */
5911
5918
  ParDenominator?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
5912
5919
  /**
5913
- * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
5920
+ * Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
5914
5921
  */
5915
5922
  ParNumerator?: __integerMin1Max2147483647;
5916
5923
  /**
5917
- * Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality, multi-pass encoding.
5924
+ * Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality, multi-pass encoding.
5918
5925
  */
5919
5926
  QualityTuningLevel?: Vp9QualityTuningLevel;
5920
5927
  /**
@@ -5936,7 +5943,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5936
5943
  export type WavFormat = "RIFF"|"RF64"|string;
5937
5944
  export interface WavSettings {
5938
5945
  /**
5939
- * Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding quality for this audio track.
5946
+ * Specify Bit depth, in bits per sample, to choose the encoding quality for this audio track.
5940
5947
  */
5941
5948
  BitDepth?: __integerMin16Max24;
5942
5949
  /**
@@ -5959,7 +5966,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
5959
5966
  */
5960
5967
  Accessibility?: WebvttAccessibilitySubs;
5961
5968
  /**
5962
- * To use the available style, color, and position information from your input captions: Set Style passthrough (stylePassthrough) to Enabled (ENABLED). MediaConvert uses default settings when style and position information is missing from your input captions. To recreate the input captions exactly: Set Style passthrough to Strict (STRICT). MediaConvert automatically applies timing adjustments, including adjustments for frame rate conversion, ad avails, and input clipping. Your input captions format must be WebVTT. To ignore the style and position information from your input captions and use simplified output captions: Set Style passthrough to Disabled (DISABLED), or leave blank.
5969
+ * To use the available style, color, and position information from your input captions: Set Style passthrough to Enabled. MediaConvert uses default settings when style and position information is missing from your input captions. To recreate the input captions exactly: Set Style passthrough to Strict. MediaConvert automatically applies timing adjustments, including adjustments for frame rate conversion, ad avails, and input clipping. Your input captions format must be WebVTT. To ignore the style and position information from your input captions and use simplified output captions: Set Style passthrough to Disabled, or leave blank.
5963
5970
  */
5964
5971
  StylePassthrough?: WebvttStylePassthrough;
5965
5972
  }
@@ -6005,11 +6012,11 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
6005
6012
  */
6006
6013
  CodecProfile?: Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile;
6007
6014
  /**
6008
- * The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value, Auto (AUTO), for the setting Adaptive quantization (XavcAdaptiveQuantization). When you do so, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content. Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. Enable this setting to have the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. This setting is disabled by default. Related setting: In addition to enabling this setting, you must also set Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization) to a value other than Off (OFF) or Auto (AUTO). Use Adaptive quantization to adjust the degree of smoothing that Flicker adaptive quantization provides.
6015
+ * The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value, Auto, for the setting Adaptive quantization. When you do so, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content. Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. Enable this setting to have the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. This setting is disabled by default. Related setting: In addition to enabling this setting, you must also set Adaptive quantization to a value other than Off or Auto. Use Adaptive quantization to adjust the degree of smoothing that Flicker adaptive quantization provides.
6009
6016
  */
6010
6017
  FlickerAdaptiveQuantization?: XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization;
6011
6018
  /**
6012
- * Specify whether the encoder uses B-frames as reference frames for other pictures in the same GOP. Choose Allow (ENABLED) to allow the encoder to use B-frames as reference frames. Choose Don't allow (DISABLED) to prevent the encoder from using B-frames as reference frames.
6019
+ * Specify whether the encoder uses B-frames as reference frames for other pictures in the same GOP. Choose Allow to allow the encoder to use B-frames as reference frames. Choose Don't allow to prevent the encoder from using B-frames as reference frames.
6013
6020
  */
6014
6021
  GopBReference?: XavcGopBReference;
6015
6022
  /**
@@ -6021,7 +6028,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
6021
6028
  */
6022
6029
  HrdBufferSize?: __integerMin0Max1152000000;
6023
6030
  /**
6024
- * Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding.
6031
+ * Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding.
6025
6032
  */
6026
6033
  QualityTuningLevel?: Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel;
6027
6034
  /**
@@ -6050,11 +6057,11 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
6050
6057
  */
6051
6058
  BitrateClass?: XavcHdProfileBitrateClass;
6052
6059
  /**
6053
- * The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value, Auto (AUTO), for the setting Adaptive quantization (XavcAdaptiveQuantization). When you do so, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content. Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. Enable this setting to have the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. This setting is disabled by default. Related setting: In addition to enabling this setting, you must also set Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization) to a value other than Off (OFF) or Auto (AUTO). Use Adaptive quantization to adjust the degree of smoothing that Flicker adaptive quantization provides.
6060
+ * The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value, Auto, for the setting Adaptive quantization. When you do so, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content. Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. Enable this setting to have the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. This setting is disabled by default. Related setting: In addition to enabling this setting, you must also set Adaptive quantization to a value other than Off or Auto. Use Adaptive quantization to adjust the degree of smoothing that Flicker adaptive quantization provides.
6054
6061
  */
6055
6062
  FlickerAdaptiveQuantization?: XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization;
6056
6063
  /**
6057
- * Specify whether the encoder uses B-frames as reference frames for other pictures in the same GOP. Choose Allow (ENABLED) to allow the encoder to use B-frames as reference frames. Choose Don't allow (DISABLED) to prevent the encoder from using B-frames as reference frames.
6064
+ * Specify whether the encoder uses B-frames as reference frames for other pictures in the same GOP. Choose Allow to allow the encoder to use B-frames as reference frames. Choose Don't allow to prevent the encoder from using B-frames as reference frames.
6058
6065
  */
6059
6066
  GopBReference?: XavcGopBReference;
6060
6067
  /**
@@ -6066,11 +6073,11 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
6066
6073
  */
6067
6074
  HrdBufferSize?: __integerMin0Max1152000000;
6068
6075
  /**
6069
- * Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use Top field first (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom field first (BOTTOM_FIELD) to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, default bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
6076
+ * Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow, default bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
6070
6077
  */
6071
6078
  InterlaceMode?: XavcInterlaceMode;
6072
6079
  /**
6073
- * Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding.
6080
+ * Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding.
6074
6081
  */
6075
6082
  QualityTuningLevel?: XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel;
6076
6083
  /**
@@ -6078,7 +6085,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
6078
6085
  */
6079
6086
  Slices?: __integerMin4Max12;
6080
6087
  /**
6081
- * Ignore this setting unless you set Frame rate (framerateNumerator divided by framerateDenominator) to 29.970. If your input framerate is 23.976, choose Hard (HARD). Otherwise, keep the default value None (NONE). For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-telecine-and-inverse-telecine.html.
6088
+ * Ignore this setting unless you set Frame rate (framerateNumerator divided by framerateDenominator) to 29.970. If your input framerate is 23.976, choose Hard. Otherwise, keep the default value None. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-telecine-and-inverse-telecine.html.
6082
6089
  */
6083
6090
  Telecine?: XavcHdProfileTelecine;
6084
6091
  }
@@ -6087,7 +6094,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
6087
6094
  export type XavcProfile = "XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG"|"XAVC_4K_INTRA_CBG"|"XAVC_4K_INTRA_VBR"|"XAVC_HD"|"XAVC_4K"|string;
6088
6095
  export interface XavcSettings {
6089
6096
  /**
6090
- * Keep the default value, Auto (AUTO), for this setting to have MediaConvert automatically apply the best types of quantization for your video content. When you want to apply your quantization settings manually, you must set Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization) to a value other than Auto (AUTO). Use this setting to specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. If you don't want MediaConvert to do any adaptive quantization in this transcode, set Adaptive quantization to Off (OFF). Related settings: The value that you choose here applies to the following settings: Flicker adaptive quantization (flickerAdaptiveQuantization), Spatial adaptive quantization (spatialAdaptiveQuantization), and Temporal adaptive quantization (temporalAdaptiveQuantization).
6097
+ * Keep the default value, Auto, for this setting to have MediaConvert automatically apply the best types of quantization for your video content. When you want to apply your quantization settings manually, you must set Adaptive quantization to a value other than Auto. Use this setting to specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. If you don't want MediaConvert to do any adaptive quantization in this transcode, set Adaptive quantization to Off. Related settings: The value that you choose here applies to the following settings: Flicker adaptive quantization (flickerAdaptiveQuantization), Spatial adaptive quantization, and Temporal adaptive quantization.
6091
6098
  */
6092
6099
  AdaptiveQuantization?: XavcAdaptiveQuantization;
6093
6100
  /**
@@ -6095,7 +6102,7 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
6095
6102
  */
6096
6103
  EntropyEncoding?: XavcEntropyEncoding;
6097
6104
  /**
6098
- * If you are using the console, use the Frame rate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you are creating your transcoding job specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate that you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
6105
+ * If you are using the console, use the Frame rate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions.
6099
6106
  */
6100
6107
  FramerateControl?: XavcFramerateControl;
6101
6108
  /**
@@ -6115,39 +6122,39 @@ When you specify Version 1, you must also set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Pa
6115
6122
  */
6116
6123
  Profile?: XavcProfile;
6117
6124
  /**
6118
- * Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output by relabeling the video frames and resampling your audio. Note that enabling this setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Related settings: You must also set Frame rate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
6125
+ * Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output by relabeling the video frames and resampling your audio. Note that enabling this setting will slightly reduce the duration of your video. Related settings: You must also set Frame rate to 25.
6119
6126
  */
6120
6127
  SlowPal?: XavcSlowPal;
6121
6128
  /**
6122
- * Ignore this setting unless your downstream workflow requires that you specify it explicitly. Otherwise, we recommend that you adjust the softness of your output by using a lower value for the setting Sharpness (sharpness) or by enabling a noise reducer filter (noiseReducerFilter). The Softness (softness) setting specifies the quantization matrices that the encoder uses. Keep the default value, 0, for flat quantization. Choose the value 1 or 16 to use the default JVT softening quantization matricies from the H.264 specification. Choose a value from 17 to 128 to use planar interpolation. Increasing values from 17 to 128 result in increasing reduction of high-frequency data. The value 128 results in the softest video.
6129
+ * Ignore this setting unless your downstream workflow requires that you specify it explicitly. Otherwise, we recommend that you adjust the softness of your output by using a lower value for the setting Sharpness or by enabling a noise reducer filter. The Softness setting specifies the quantization matrices that the encoder uses. Keep the default value, 0, for flat quantization. Choose the value 1 or 16 to use the default JVT softening quantization matricies from the H.264 specification. Choose a value from 17 to 128 to use planar interpolation. Increasing values from 17 to 128 result in increasing reduction of high-frequency data. The value 128 results in the softest video.
6123
6130
  */
6124
6131
  Softness?: __integerMin0Max128;
6125
6132
  /**
6126
- * The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value, Auto (AUTO), for the setting Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization). When you do so, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content. Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. For this setting, keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the value for Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization) depending on your content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
6133
+ * The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value, Auto, for the setting Adaptive quantization. When you do so, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content. Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. For this setting, keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the value for Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
6127
6134
  */
6128
6135
  SpatialAdaptiveQuantization?: XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization;
6129
6136
  /**
6130
- * The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value, Auto (AUTO), for the setting Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization). When you do so, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content. Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. For this setting, keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example, this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable temporal adaptive quantization, adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization).
6137
+ * The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value, Auto, for the setting Adaptive quantization. When you do so, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content. Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. For this setting, keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example, this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable temporal adaptive quantization, adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization.
6131
6138
  */
6132
6139
  TemporalAdaptiveQuantization?: XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization;
6133
6140
  /**
6134
- * Required when you set (Profile) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings)>(XavcSettings) to the value XAVC_4K_INTRA_CBG.
6141
+ * Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_4K_INTRA_CBG.
6135
6142
  */
6136
6143
  Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings?: Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings;
6137
6144
  /**
6138
- * Required when you set (Profile) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings)>(XavcSettings) to the value XAVC_4K_INTRA_VBR.
6145
+ * Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_4K_INTRA_VBR.
6139
6146
  */
6140
6147
  Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings?: Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings;
6141
6148
  /**
6142
- * Required when you set (Profile) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings)>(XavcSettings) to the value XAVC_4K.
6149
+ * Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_4K.
6143
6150
  */
6144
6151
  Xavc4kProfileSettings?: Xavc4kProfileSettings;
6145
6152
  /**
6146
- * Required when you set (Profile) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings)>(XavcSettings) to the value XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG.
6153
+ * Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG.
6147
6154
  */
6148
6155
  XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings?: XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings;
6149
6156
  /**
6150
- * Required when you set (Profile) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings)>(XavcSettings) to the value XAVC_HD.
6157
+ * Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_HD.
6151
6158
  */
6152
6159
  XavcHdProfileSettings?: XavcHdProfileSettings;
6153
6160
  }